Class 11

Odisha State Board CHSE Odisha Class 11 Biology Solutions Chapter 8 Cell: Structure and Function Textbook Questions and Answers.

CHSE Odisha 11th Class Biology Chapter 8 Question Answer Cell: Structure and Function

Cell: Structure and Function Class 11 Questions and Answers CHSE Odisha

Very Short Answer Type Questions

Multiple choice questions

Question 1.
Which one of the following organelles is without membrane envelop?
(a) Golgi complex
(b) ribosome
(c) peroxisome
(d) tonoplast
Answer:
(b) ribosome

Question 2.
The figures of cork cells as seen by Robert Hooke were published in his book.
(a) origin of species
(b) plant kingdom
(c) genera plantarum
(d) micrographia
Answer:
(d) micrographia

Question 3.
Prokaryotic cell is that which has
(a) primitive nucleus
(b) true nucleus
(c) two nuclei
(d) four nuclei
Answer:
(a) primitive nucleus

Question 4.
Which of the following cells does not contain a nucleus?
(a) yeast
(b) nerve cells
(c) mature WBC
(d) mature RBC
Answer:
(d) mature RBC

Question 5.
Protein and RNA are the principal constituents of
(a) ribosome
(b) chromosome
(c) endoplasmic reticulum
(d) peroxisome
Answer:
(a) ribosome

Question 6.
70s ribosomes are found in
(a) mitochondria and bacteria
(b) mycoplasma and eukaryotic cell
(c) RBC and WBC
(d) epidermal cells and hepatic cells
Answer:
(a) mitochondria and bacteria

Question 7.
Which of the following cell organelles is bound by a single unit membrane?
(a) Golgi apparatus
(b) chloroplast
(c) mitochondrion
(d) lysosome
Answer:
(d) lysosome

Question 8.
Which of the following is the site of steroid synthesis
(a) rough endoplasmic reticulum
(b) ribosomes
(c) smooth endoplasmic reticulum
(d) mitochondrion
Answer:
(c) smooth endoplasmic reticulum

Question 9.
The physical basis of life is
(a) nucleus
(b) protoplasm
(c) cell
(d) food
Answer:
(b) protoplasm

Question 10.
Every living cell possesses
(a) chloroplast
(b) cell membrane
(c) cell wall
(d) food vacuole
Answer:
(b) cell membrane

Question 11.
The chemical substance most abundantly present in the middle lamella is
(a) lignin
(b) suberin
(c) chittn
(d) pectin
Answer:
(d) pectin

Question 12.
The latest model proposed to explain the structure of plasma membrane is
(a) molecular model
(b) sandwich model
(c) unit membrane model
(d) fluid-mosaic model
Answer:
(d) fluid-mosaic model

Question 13.
The peripheral proteins can be easily removed from the membrane by
(a) the action of detergent
(b) solutions of high ionic strength
(c) keeping them in buffer
(d) enzyme action
Answer:
(b) solutions of high ionic strength

Question 14.
Tonoplast is a differentially permeable membrane sorrounding
(a) cytoplasm
(b) mitochondrion
(c) vacuole
(d) nucleus
Answer:
(c) vacuole

Question 15.
F₁ -particles are present in
(a) chloroplast
(b) mitochondrion
(c) dictyosome
(d) nucleus
Answer:
(b) mitochondrion

Question 16.
Double membrane is absent in
(a) nucleus
(b) chloroplast
(c) mitochondrion
(d) lysosome
Answer:
(d) lysosome

Question 17.
Polyribosomes are aggregation of
(a) ribosomes on r RNA
(b) Only r RNA
(c) peroxisomes
(d) ribosomes on m RNA
Answer:
(d) ribosomes on m RNA

Question 18.
Ribosomes are attached to ER through
(a) ribophorins
(b) r RNA
(c) t RNA
(d) hydrostatic force
Answer:
(a) ribophorins

Question 19.
The cytoplasmic ribonucleoprotein that binds to free ribosomes so that protein synthesis stops till ribosomes get associated with ER is known as
(a) SPR
(b) SRP
(c) PRS
(d) PSR
Answer:
(b) SRP

Question 20.
Lysosomes are called “suicidal bag” because they have
(a) hydrolytic enzymes
(b) parasitic activity
(c) anabolic enzymes
(d) oxidizing enzymes
Answer:
(a) hydrolytic enzymes

Question 21.
In plant cells the vacuole contains
(a) gases
(b) vacuum
(c) dissolved minerals
(d) only water
Answer:
(c) dissolved minerals

Question 22.
ATP, the energy currency of cell, is synthesised mostly in
(a) ribosomes
(b) mitochondria
(c) lysosomes
(d) nucleus
Answer:
(b) mitochondria

Question 23.
Ribosomes are made up of
(a) RNA and DNA
(b) DNA and proteins
(c) RNA and proteins
(d) RNA alone
Answer:
(c) RNA and proteins

Question 24.
When green tomatoes turn red
(a) chromoplasts change to chloroplasts
(b) chloroplasts change to chromoplasts
(c) new chromoplasts are synthesised
(d) new chloroplasts are synthesised
Answer:
(b) chloroplasts change to chromoplasts

Question 25.
Thylakoids are seen in the plastids of
(a) higher plants
(b) bacteria
(c) algae
(d) blue-green algae
Answer:
(a) higher plants

Question 26.
Foldings of inner mitochondrial membrane are called
(a) cristae
(b) grana
(c) sacs
(d) dictyosomes
Answer:
(a) cristae

Question 27.
Ribosomes of prokaryotes are of
(a) 30s type
(b) 50s type
(c) 70s type
(d) 80s type
Answer:
(c) 70s type

Question 28.
If the ribosomes of a cell are destroyed or blocked, then
(a) respiration will stop
(b) digestion will stop
(c) reproduction will stop
(d) protein synthesis will stop
Answer:
(d) protein synthesis will stop

Question 29.
Site of formation of immature ribosomal sub-units in eukaryotic cell is
(a) cytoplasm
(b) nucleus
(c) nucleolus
(d) nuclear pore complex
Answer:
(c) nucleolus

Question 30.
The main function of Golgi complex is
(a) translocation
(b) fermentation
(c) protein glycosylation
(d) phosphorylation
Answer:
(a) translocation

Question 31.
Peroxisomes contain
(a) transferase enzymes
(b) hydrolytic enzymes
(c) isomerase enzymes
(d) oxidizing enzymes
Answer:
(d) oxidizing enzymes

Question 32.
Nucleoli are rich in
(a) DNA and RNA
(b) DNA, RNA and proteins
(c) DNA
(d) RNA
Answer:
(b) DNA, RNA and proteins

Question 33.
Nucleus was first discovered by
(a) Leewenhoek
(b) Schwann
(c) Robert Brown
(d) Robert Koch
Answer:
(c) Robert Brown

Question 34.
Microtubules are made up of
(a) myosin
(b) actin
(c) tubulin
(d) globulin
Answer:
(c) tubulin

Question 35.
Centromere is a part of
(a) ribosome
(b) chromosome
(c) spherosome
(d) glyoxisome
Answer:
(b) chromosome

Question 36.
Chromosomes with equal arms are called
(a) submetacentric
(b) polycentric
(c) acentric
(d) metacentric
Answer:
(d) metacentric

Question 37.
The hydrophobic chemicals like pesticides and carcinogens are detoxified by enzymes found in
(a) mitochondrion
(b) lysosome
(c) Golgi
(d) SER
Answer:
(b) lysosome

Question 38.
Which of the followings is a prokaryote?
(a) Agaricus
(b) Salmonella
(c) Volvox
(d) Saccharomyces
Answer:
(b) Salmonella

Fill in the blanks

Question 1.
…………. is the cytoplasmic organelle, responsible for cellular respiration.
Answer:
Mitochondria

Question 2.
…………. proposed the unit membrane concept.
Answer:
J. David Robertson

Question 3
…………. is the largest cytoplasmic organelle in plant cell.
Answer:
Plastid

Question 4.
…………. is the smallest cytoplasmic organelle.
Answer:
Ribosome

Question 5.
…………. is a vesicle containing digestive enzymes found in a cell.
Answer:
Lysosome

Question 6.
Intracellular digestion is associated with …………. .
Answer:
Lysosomes

Question 7
…………. maintains the cytoplasmic continuity between neighboring cells.
Answer:
Plasmodesmata

Question 8.
Singer and Nicholson proposed the …………. model for plasma membrane.
Answer:
Fluid-mosaic

Question 9.
Presence of DNA in chloroplasf and mitochondria make them …………. .
Answer:
Semi-autonomous

Question 10.
Colored plastids found in flowering plants are known as …………. .
Answer:
Chromoplast

Question 11.
A chromosome lacking a centromere is …………. .
Answer:
Acentric

Question 12.
Prokaryotic cells contain …………. ribosomes.
Answer:
70S

Question 13.
Histone proteins are …………. by nature.
Answer:
Basic

Question 14.
The portion of DNA between two repeating units of nucleosomes is known as …………. DNA.
Answer:
Linker

Question 15.
When two solutes move across the cell membrane in opposite directions the transport is known as …………. .
Answer:
Antiport

Short Answer Types Questions

Write notes on

Question 1.
Cell wall
Answer:
Cell wall: It is a rigid or semi-rigid envelope lying outside the cell membrane of plants, fungi, etc. It helps in maintaining shape and protecting them from osmotic lysis. It possess three structural components namely middle lamella, primary wall and secondary wall.

Question 2.
Mitochondrion
Answer:
Mitochondrion : These are membrane bound cell organelles, essential for aerobic respiration of eukaryotic cells. These are also known as powerhouse of the cell because, they produces cellular energy in the form of ATP.

Question 3.
Plastids
Answer:
Plastids : These are semi-autonomous organelles that have double membrane envelope. Plastids have their own genetic material (i.e., DNA). Due to their large size, they are easily seen under the microscope. The term plastid was coined by E Haeckel in 1866.

Question 4.
Ribosome
Answer:
Ribosomes : These are small subspherical granular organelles, not bounded by any membrane. Ribosomes were first observed by George Palade (1953), as the dense particles under the electron microscope. Hence, are also called Palade particles.
Ribosomes are mainly composed of ribonucleoproteins (i.e., RNA + proteins) and are also known as protein factories, as they are primarily involved in the synthesis of proteins or polypeptides.

Question 5.
ER
Answer:
Endoplasmic Reticulum : It is a complicated system of membranous channels and flattened vesicles. It is physically continuous with the outer membrane of the nuclear envelope. It is revealed from the electron microscopic studies of eukaryotic cells that there is a presence of a network or reticulum of tiny tubular structures that are being scattered in the cytoplasm.
Note ER is known to be absent in prokaryotes, but is present in all eukaryotic cells except germinal cells and mature human RBCs.

Question 6.
Golgi complex
Answer:
Golgi complex : Golgi complex or Golgi apparatus is a complex protoplasmic structure made up of many flat, disc-shaped sacs or cisternae (0.5-1.0 pm) in diameter), surrounded by vesicles.
Cisternae of Golgi apparatus are found to be stacked parallel to each other. They vary in number in a cell.
They are often curved like shallow bowls to give Golgi complex a definite polarity.

Question 7.
Lysosome
Answer:
Lysosome : These are membrane bound polymorphic vesicles that are produced by the Golgi apparatus. They are rich in several hydrolytic digestive enzymes (hydrolases-lipases, proteases, carbohydrases, etc). These enzymes are usually active at the acidic pH (less than 7). Therefore, are also called acid hydrolases and are capable of digesting macromolecules from various sources like carbohydrates, lipids and nucleic acids.

Question 8.
Vacuole
Answer:
Vacuole : These are large membranous sac found in the cytoplasm. These store substances that are not essentially useful for the cell (like water, sap, excretory product and other materials). Plant vacuoles contain not only water, sugars and salts, but also contain pigments and toxic molecules and also occupy upto 90% of the volume of the cell.

Question 9.
Flagella
Answer:
Flagella : They are long, whip-like organelle. They are fewer im membrane per cell and found at either end of a cell. They show undulatory motion. They are found in prokaryotic bacteria.

Question 10.
Nuclear pore
Answer:
Nuclear pore : Nuclear pores are the openings/pores in the nuclear envelope, formed by the fusion of its two membranes. These pores help in the exchange of materials, especially RNA, proteins, ribosomes, etc., between the cytoplasm and nucleoplasm.

Question 11.
Microtubules
Answer:
Microtubules : They were first observed in nerve cells by De Roberties and Franchi in 1953. They are thin, branched, hollow cylinder of about 20-25 nm diameter.
Each microtubule is composed of 11-13 longitudinal strands of protein protofilaments which encloses a central core. The protofilaments are formed by the polymerisation of a and 1 tubulin powered by the hydrolysis of GTP.

Question 12.
Nucleosome
Answer:
Nucleosome : The DNA in eukaryotic chromosome are very large molecules. Thus, they requires proper packaging of DNA inside the chromoesome in such a way that DNA is compact and functional.

Question 13.
Unit membrane concept
Answer:

• Proposed by j David Robertson in 1959.
• According to it, all biological membranes have the basic unit membrane structure of three layers two outer electron dense layer and one middle electron transparent layer.
• Each dense layer is constituted by protein of 15A thickness and the transparent layer is of bilayer of lipid of 45A thickness.

Long Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
What are chromosomes? Describe their structure and functions.

It has been already studied in the chapter that the nucleus in the interphase has a loose and indistinct network of nucleoprotein fibres called chromatin. However, during different stages of cell division cells show structured chromosomes in place of the nucleus. The chromosomes are meant for the equal distribution of genetic piaterial. Their number is fixed and is same in all individuals of a species. A single human cell has approximately two metre long thread of DNA distributed among its 46 (23 pairs) chromosomes.
Each and every chromosome is composed of a primary constriction or the centromere. On the sides of which the disc-shaped structures known as kinetochores are present

Structure of a typical somatic chromosome during anaphase

Gross Morphology:
On the basis of the position of the centromere, the chromosomes can be classified into following four types

• Metacentric It has chromosome with equal arms and centromere lies in the centre.
• Submetacentric It has one shorter arm and one longer arm with centromere slightly away from the middle of the chromosome.
• Acrocentric It forms one extremely short and one very long arm and centromere is located near the end of the chromosome.
• Telocentric It has the terminal centromere, i.e., placed at an extreme end. Telocentric chromosomes are not present in humans.
  
  Types of chromosomes based on the position of centromere

Few chromosomes have a non-staining secondary constrictions being present at a constant location at some or the other time which gives the appearance of a small fragment known a satellite.

Chemical Composition:
Chromatin is composed of DNA and some basic proteins called histones. Some non-histone proteins and RNA are also present in the chromatin.

Functions:
Chromosomes performs the following functions

• Control cellular differentiation.
• Contains all hereditary information located in the genes.
• Forms a link between the offspring and the parents.
• Introduce variations, through the process of crossing over.
• Control cell metabolism.

Nucleosome Concept:
The DNA in eukaryotic chromosome are very large molecules. Thus, they requires proper packaging of DNA inside the chromoesome in such a way that DNA is compact and functional.

This is achieved by compacting DNA with the help of histone protein into repeating units called nucleosomes (Roger Kornberg, 1974).
Accroding to this concept five type of histones are found in enkaryotes namely H₁, H₂A, H₂R , H₃ and H₄.
Two molecules each of H₂A, H₂B, H₃ and H₄ together form an octamer called core of nucleosome or Nu-bodies.

A DNA fragment of about 146 base pair wrap around the core 1.75 times and one molecule of H1 associate with it. According to A Klug (Nobble Prize Winner, 1982) this chain of nucleosome is coiled into cylindrical solenoid fibrils of 10 nm having about six nucleosomes per turn. This is further coiled into super solenoid of 30nm (interphase chromatin). During metaphase, it further condense to chromosome.

Question 2.
Explain the fluid-mosaic model of plasma membrane with suitable diagrams.
Answer:
Fluid Mosaic Model
This model was given by Singer and Nicholson (1972). According to this model in a membrane, the lipid bilayer and integral proteins appear like a mosaic arrangement and the quasi-fluid nature of lipid enables the lateral movement of the proteins within the overall bilayer.

This molecular arrangement is stable because it maximisze the contact of hydrophilic regions of proteins and phospholipids with water while providing the hydrophobic parts with a non-aqueous environment.
Freeze fracture technique has provided the most compelling evidence that proteins are embedded in lipids.

Fluidity of Membrane:
The fluid nature of the membrane is important from the point of view of interactions of molecules within the membrane as well as other functions like formation of intercellular junctions, cell growth, secretion, endocytosis, cell division, etc.
Cell membrane also controls the movement of various substances.

Functions:
Cell membrane performs the following functions
It is a selectively permeable or semipermeable membrane that allows only selected substances to pass through.
It protects the cell from injury.
Membranes have carrier proteins for active transport.
Cell membrane contains enzymes which perform certain reaction on their surface, e.g., ATPase, phosphatase, etc.

Question 3.
What are organelles? Give an account of principal organelles of a cell and mention their functions.
Answer:
A cell which has a well-organised nucleus with a nuclear envelope and several membrane bound organelles is called eukaryotic cell. Internal organisation of eukaryotic cells is more advanced and elaborate, than the prokaryotic cells. Except monerans, eukaryotic organisation is seen in all the protists, plants, fungi and animals. Eukaryotic cell is larger than the prokaryotic cell (i.e., around 10-100 p,m in size).

In eukaryoticcells, an extensive compartmentalisation of cytoplasm is seen through the presence of membrane bound organelles. Eukaryotic cells also possess a variety of locomotory and cytoskeletal structures. All eukaryotic cells are not identical, instead they differ from each other on the basis of structure and function.

Plant Cell and Animal Cell:
Ceil wall is a special membrane, being present in plants, fungi and some protists. Plants cells also contain a large vacuole and plastids, which are absent in animal cells, while animal cells possess centrioles, which are absent in plant cells.
Differences between plant and animal cell

Components of a Eukaryotic Cell:
A eukaryotic cell is composed of various cell components as cell membrane, cell wall (only in plants), mitochondria, chloroplast, Golgi bodies, ribosomes, centrioles (only in animals), etc. All these are described here under in detail.

Cell Wall
It was first discovered by Robert Hooke (1665). It is a rigid and non-living structure which forms an outer covering of the plasma membrane in plants and fungi. It is absent in animal cells.

Components of Cell Wall
(i) Plant cell walls are made up of cellulose which is an unbranched polysaccharide of D-Glucose units linked together by [5-1, 4-glycosidic bond.
(ii) Cell walls of fungi possess chitin while algae have glycoprotein and polysaccharides. A few algae also contain silicic acid and other accessory molecules in cell wall.

Enzymatic and Structural Proteins in Cell Wall
(i) Cell wall contains numerous hydrolases like invertase, glucanases, pectin methyl esterases and phosphatases. Several oxidases are also present in cell wall including ascorbic acid oxidase and laccase involved in lignin formation.
(ii) The most abundant structural proteins are Hydroxyl proline Rich Glycoprotein (HRGP) also called extensin, Arabinogalactan Protein (AGP), Glycine Rich Proteins (GRPS) and Proline Rich Protein (PRP). Except GRPS, the rest are glycoproteins and contain hydroxyl proline.
Extensin connects pectin and hemicelluloses.

Structure of Cell Wall
On the basis of the structure, cell wall is differentiated into three parts namely middle lamella, primary wall and secondary wall.

(a) Middle Lamella It is a thin amorphous layer that cement the cell walls of two adjoining cells together. It is the first formed layer and formed during cytokinesis. It is mainly made up of calcium and magnesium pectate.
It is absent on the outer side of cell surface. The pectic substances of this layer are enzymatically converted to partially soluble substances during fruit ripening.

(b) Primary Cell Wall It is produced inner to the middle lamella in a young and growing cell.
It is composed of cellulose, hemicellulose and pectin. The cellulose microfibrils are linked via hemicellulose teethers to form the cellulose-hemicellulose network which is embedded in pectin matrix. Most commonly » occuring hemicelluloses are xylans or xyloglycans.
Mannans and galactans are also found in it. Pectin, the polymer of a-D-galacturonic acid fills the spaces of matrix. The cellulose microfibrils are aligned at all angles and are held together by hydrogen bonds to provide high tensile strength.

(c) Secondary Cell Wall The thick secondary wall is formed inner to the primary wall towards the cell membrane.
Unlike primary cell wall, the cellulose microfibrils are aligned mostly in same direction and with each additional layer the direction of alignment changes slightly. It is strengthened by the deposit of lignin which are polymers of phenyl propane residues.
This wall is laid down by a process called accretion or deposit of material over the surface of existing structure. It is found in trachieds, vessels, fibres and collenchyma, etc. In certain gymnosperms, this layer consist of xylans. This layer is then called tertiary wall.

Functions:
Cell wall performs the following functions
It helps in providing a definite shape to the cell and also protects protoplasm against any mechanical injury, i.e., damage and infection.

• It helps in cell-to-cell interaction.
• It provides barrier to undesirable macromolecules and attack of pathogens.

Cell Wall Growth
The growth of the cell wall takes place in two ways
(i) Intussusceptions It is the growth from within. Area of the cell wall increases in this way. The primary wall is stretched and material of secondary wall are deposited.
(ii) Apposition It is the growth from outside. The thickness of the cell wall increases in this way. Materials of secondary walls are deposited in thin layers.

Functions:
Golgi apparatus performs the following functions
(i) The Golgi apparatus is involved in the formation of lysosomes, vesicles that contain proteins and remains within the cell.
(ii) It performs the function of packaging of material.
(iii) It acts as an important site for the formation of glycoproteins and glycolipids.
(iv) It helps in the production of complex carbohydrates other than glycogen and starch.
(v) It helps in the formation of cell wall.

Lysosomes:
These are membrane bound polymorphic vesicles that are produced by the Golgi apparatus. They are rich in several hydrolytic digestive enzymes (hydrolases-lipases, proteases, carbohydrases, etc). These enzymes are usually active at the acidic pH (less than 7). Therefore, are also called acid hydrolases and are capable of digesting macromolecules from various sources like carbohydrates, lipids and nucleic acids. Two general classes of lysosomes are usually distinguished. These are as follows
(i) Primary Lysosomes Newly formed lysosomes that has not yet encountered the substrate for digestion.
(ii) Secondary Lysosomes (heterophagosomes)

Membranous sacs of diverse morphology and contains substrates and hydrolytic enzymes. They result from repeated fusion of primary lysosomes with membrane bound substrate. They form large digestive vacuoles, multivesicular bodies, autophagosomes, etc.

Functions:
Lysosomes performs the following functions
(i) They digest the food contents (intracellular digestion).
(ii) They also perform extracellular digestion.
(iii) They also digest the old and useless organelles of the cells.
(iv) They also have functioning in cell division.
(v) Principle site of cholesterol assimilation from endocytosed serum lipoprotein.
(vi) Programmed cell death during embryogenesis.

Vacuoles:
These are large membranous sac found in the cytoplasm. These store substances that are not essentially useful for the cell (like water, sap, excretory product and other materials). Plant vacuoles contain not only water, sugars and salts, but also contain pigments and toxic molecules and also occupy upto 90% of the volume of the cell.

The vacuole is bounded by a single membrane structure known as tonoplast which in plant cells, facilitates the transport of materials and some ions against the concentration gradient inside the vacuole. Thus, the concentration of materials tends to be higher in vacuole, than to be in the cytoplasm. Animal cells also have vacuoles, but they are much more prominent in case of plant cells. Thus, plant cells have typically large central vacuoles filled with a watery fluid that gives added support to the cell.

Functions
(i) Storage of reserve food like sucrose, minerals, etc., and secondary metabolites like tannin, latex, etc.
(ii) Impart turgidity to the cell as they contain high solute concentration.

Question 4.
What are the different types of plastids seen in plants? Describe the structure and function of chloroplast
Answer:
Plastids:
These are semi-autonomous organelles that have double membrane envelope. Plastids have their own genetic material (i.e., DNA). Due to their large size, they are easily seen under the microscope. The term plastid was coined by E Haeckel in 1866.

Occurrence
Plastids are found in all plant cells and euglenoides except in some protistans (e.g. Euglena, Dinophyceae, etc).

Types
All plastids are derived from proplastids called eoplasts. Plastids are differentiated into three different types on the basis of the colour, i.e., type of pigments found in them.
(i) Chloroplasts These are the plastids which are greenish in colour containing photosynthetic pigments chlorophyll and carotenoids.
(ii) Chromoplasts These are plastids, which are yellow or reddish in appearance because of the presence of fat soluble carotenoid pigment carotene. Xanthophyll and some other pigments are also present as the fat soluble carotenoid pigment other than carotene, e.g. orange colour of carrot is due to the presence of chromoplasts.
(iii) Leucoplasts These are the colourless plastids of varied shapes and sizes with stored nutrients in the form of carbohydrates, lipids and proteins. These are of following three types
(a) Amyloplasts are the carbohydrates (starch) containing leucoplast, e.g. rice, wheat, potato, etc. Amyloplasts are larger than the normal/original size of leucoplast.
(b) Elaioplasts are the leucoplast which store oils and fats, e.g. tuberose endosperm of castor seeds, etc.
(c) Aleuroplasts (Proteinplast) are the protein storing leucoplasts. e.g. maize (aleurone cells).

Chloroplast:
Schimper (1883) coined the term chloroplast. These are double membrane bound cell organelles that play a major role in photosynthesis.

Occurrence
Chloroplasts occur in major number in the photosynthetic mesophyll cells of leaves and green stem.

Shape and Size
They may be lens-shaped, oval, spherical, discoid or even ribbon-like. They are cup-shaped in Chlorella and Chlamydomonas, girdle-shaped in Ulothrix and spiral in Spirogyra.
They also have variable length (5-10 mm) and width (2-4 mm).

Number:
Their number also varies from 1 per cell in Chlamydomonas (a green alga) to 2-40 per cell in mesophyll cell.

Ultrastructure
Chloroplasts are consists of the two membranes that are smooth and thick (about 90-100 A). The inner membrane of chloroplast is less permeable than the outer one.

The inner membrane is grounded by a space known as stroma or matrix, a dense, colourless and a granular substance mainly formed of soluble proteins. It also contains enzymes which are essential for the synthesis of carbohydrates, lipids and proteins.

In the stromata, thylakoids are present. These are membranous flattened structures that run throughout the matrix or stroma. Several thylakoids are arranged or organised in stack (like the piles of coins), called grana or the intergranal thylakoids. Many flat membranous tubules that interconnect the thylakoids of different grana are known as stromal lamellae.

Functions:
Chloroplasts perform the following functions
(i) Help in photosynthesis, i.e. formation of organic compounds.
(ii) In consumption of CO₂ and release of O₂ in photosynthesis.
(iii) May also change into chromoplast in order to provide colour to many flowers and fruits.
(iv) Help in storing fat and lipids.
(v) Function in transduction of energy.

Knowledge Plus
• The algal chloroplast are agranal as they lack grana.
• The chloroplast with nitrogen-fixing genes are called nitroplast.
• The space between the two membrane is called intermembrane space, which separates the two membrane. This space contains a narrow fluid. Stroma also contains small, double-stranded circular DNA, molecules and ribosomes.
• Ribosomes of chloroplasts are smaller (70S) than the ribosomes of cytoplasm (80S).

Differentiate between

Question 1.
Cell wall and plasma membrane
Answer:
Differences between cell wall and plasma membrane are

Cell wall	Plasma membrane
Rigid, protective, supportive layer.	Dynamic, quasifluid, film-like layer.
Thickness is about 0.1 pm to 10 pm.	Thickness is about 7.5 nm.
Consist of cellulose or peptioglycan/chitin, etc.	Consists of lipids proteins, carbohydrates, etc.
It is not selectively permeable.	It is selectively permeable.

Question 2.
Chloroplast and mitochondrion
Answer:
Differences between chloroplast and mitochondrion are

Question 3.
Cytoplasm and karyolymph
Answer:
Differences between cytoplasm karyolymph are

Question 4.
Leucoplast and chloroplast
Answer:
Differences between leucoplast and chloroplast

Leucoplast	Chloroplast
Colourless plastids	Green-coloured plastids.
Mainly found in the roots of plants.	Found in leaves of plants.
Acts as storehouse of minerals and nutrients.	Take part in photosynthesis.
They lack grana and photosynthetic pigments.	Possess grana and photosynthetic pigment

Question 5.
Chromatin and chromosome
Answer:
Differences between chromatin and chromosome

Chromatin	Chromosome
It is uncondensed part of nucleoprotein complex.	Chromosomes are condensed parts of the nucleoprotein complex.
Chromatin is observable in the interphase nucleus.	Chromosomes are observable during M-phase or nuclear division.
Chromatin is in the form of fine fibrils that run throughout the nucleus.	Chromosomes are in the form of short thick threads or rods.
Replication occurs in the chromatin phase.	It cannot occur in chromosome phase.
The replicas are not visible.	Replicas are visible as chromatids.
It is active in controlling metabolism and other activities of the cell.	Chromosomes are mainly meant for distribution of genetic information to the daughter cells.

Question 6.
Nucleus and nucleolus
Answer:
Differences between nucleus and nucleolus

Nucleus	Nucleolus
Large, spherical structure present in the cell.	Small structure, present inside the nucleus.
Bounded by nuclear envelope.	It has no limiting membrane.
Rich in DNA.	Rich in RNA.
Possess chromosomes and cellular membranes.	Possess fibrillar centres, granular component, etc.

Question 7.
SER and RER
Answer:
Differences between SER and RER
Tablee 8

Question 8.
Intrinsic proteins and peripheral proteins
Answer:
Differences between Intrinsic proteins and peripheral proteins

Intrinsic Proteins	Peripheral Proteins
Embedded in the plasma membrane either partially or completely.	Occur on the surface of plasma membrane.
Constitute 70% of total membrane proteins.	Constitute about 30% of total membrane proteins.
More hydrophobic.	More hydrophilic.
Function as carrier protein, enzymes, transport channels, permeases.	Function as receptors, antigens, recognition centres, etc.
e.g., Glycophorins, rhodopsin, etc.	e.g., erythrocyte spectrin, mitochondrial cyt.c, etc.

Question 9.
Primary cell wall and secondary cell wall
Answer:
Differences between primary cell wall and secondary cell wall

Primary Cell Wall	Secondary Cell Wall
Occur in all plant cells.	Occur in only mature and non-dividing cells.
Present inner to middle lamella.	Present inner to primary cell wall.
Elastic and thin	Inelastic, rigid and thick.
Intussusceptional growth.	Accretional growth.
Pits are absent.	Pits are present.
Contain less amount of cellulose.	Contain high amount pf ‘ cellulose.

 

Odisha State Board CHSE Odisha Class 11 Biology Solutions Chapter 7 Animal Tissues and Gross Anatomical Organisation of Cockroach Textbook Questions and Answers.

CHSE Odisha 11th Class Biology Chapter 7 Question Answer Animal Tissues and Gross Anatomical Organisation of Cockroach

Animal Tissues and Gross Anatomical Organisation of Cockroach Class 11 Questions and Answers CHSE Odisha

Very Short Answer Type Questions

Choose the correct answer

Question 1.
Ligaments and tendons are formed of
(a) muscular, tissue
(b) epithelial tissue
(c) connective tissue
(d) nervous tissue
Answer:
(c) connective tissue

Question 2.
Segment of the skeletal muscle fiber between two Z-lines is called
(a) A-band
(b) H-band
(c) sarcomere
(d) sarcoplasm
Answer:
(c) sarcomere

Question 3.
Schwann cells and nodes of Ranvier are present in
(a) bone cells
(b) neurons
(c) muscle cells
(d) chondrocytes
Answer:
(b) neurons

Question 4.
Notochord originates from
(a) ectoderm
(b) mesoderm
(c) endoderm
(d) None of these
Answer:
(a) ectoderm

Question 5.
Which muscle of body works non-stop till death?
(a) Unstriped
(b) Skeletal
(c) Cardiac
(d) Smooth
Answer:
(c) Cardiac

Question 6.
In an animal, the tissue is bathed in
(a) calcium chloride
(b) body fluid
(c) water
(d) sodium chloride
Answer:
(b) body fluid

Question 7.
Voluntary muscle is present in
(a) lung
(b) liver
(c) heart
(d) hindlimb
Answer:
(d) hindlimb

Question 8.
Non-cellular basement membrane is a feature of
(a) epithelial tissue
(b) vascular tissue
(c) nervous tissue
(d) connective tissue
Answer:
(a) epithelial tissue

Question 9.
A tissue is a group of cells having
(a) similar cells with dissimilar function
(b) similar cells with similar function
(c) dissimilar cells with dissimilar function
(d) dissimilar cells with similar function
Answer:
(b) similar cells with similar function

Question 10.
Intercellular matrix is minimum in
(a) bone
(b) vascular tissue
(c) muscular tissue
(d) cartilage
Answer:
(a) bone

Question 11.
Blood vessels are lined internally by
(a) ciliated epithelium
(b) squamous epithelium
(b) columnar epithelium
(d) striated epithelium
Answer:
(b) squamous epithelium

Question 12.
Transitional epithelium is found in
(a) kidney
(b) urinary bladder
(c) trachea
(d) blood vessel
Answer:
(b) urinary bladder

Question 13.
Tendon connects
(a) muscle to muscle
(b) bone to bone
(c) bone to muscle
(d) nerve to muscle
Answer:
(c) bone to muscle

Question 14.
Cardiac muscle is
(a) voluntary and striated
(b) involuntary and striated
(c) involuntary and smooth
(d) voluntary and smooth
Answer:
(b) involuntary and striated

Question 15.
Epithelium forming the peritoneal lining of the coelom is
(a) squamous epithelium
(b) cuboidal epithelium
(c) columnar epithelium
(d) glandular epithelium
Answer:
(a) squamous epithelium

Question 16.
Myelin sheath is a covering of
(a) vertebrate nerve fibre
(b) vertebrate muscle fibre
(c) insect nerve fibre
(d) ventricles of heart
Answer:
(b) vertebrate muscle fibre

Question 17.
Nature of dendrite is
(a) efferent
(b) afferent
(c) Both (a) and (b)
(d) None of these
Answer:
(c) Both (a) and (b)

Question 18.
Which type of connective tissue is a tendon?
(a) Dense
(b) Loose
(c) Fluid
(d) Skeletal
Answer:
(d) Skeletal

Question 19.
Intercalated disc is found in
(a) neuron
(b) skeletal muscle
(c) junction of muscle and nerve
(d) cardiac muscle
Answer:
(d) cardiac muscle

Question 20.
Larynx and trachea contain
(a) hyaline cartilage
(b) elastic cartilage
(c) bone
(d) fibrocartilage
Answer:
(a) hyaline cartilage

Question 21.
Myoglobin is found in
(a) white muscle fibre
(b) yellow fibre
(c) red muscle fibre
(d) All of these
Answer:
(c) red muscle fibre

Question 22.
Oil glands in mammal (rabbit) are found in
(a) epidermis of skin
(b) mucous epithelium of skin
(c) dermis of skin
(d) mucous epithelium of stomach
Answer:
(c) dermis of skin

Question 23.
Erythrocytes of frog are
(a) non-nucleated and biconcave
(b) nucleated biconvex
(c) nucleated biconcave
(d) non-nucleated biconvex
Answer:
(b) nucleated biconvex

Question 24.
Nerve cells develop from
(a) ectoderm
(b) mesoderm
(c) endoderm
(d) ectoderm and mesoderm
Answer:
(a) ectoderm

Question 25.
Mammary glands are
(a) apocrine
(b) holocrine
(c) merocrine
(d) None of these
Answer:
(a) apocrine

Question 26.
Cardiac muscle contracts
(a) quickly and is fatigued
(b) quickly and is not fatigued
(c) slowly and is not fatigued
(d) slowly and is fatigued
Answer:
(b) quickly and is not fatigued

Question 27.
Largest erythrocytes are found in
(a) man and monkey
(b) amphiuma and proteus
(c) fish and frog
(d) lizard and snake
Answer:
(c) fish and frog

Question 28.
Which vitamin is essential for blood clotting
(a) vitamin-A
(b) vitamin-C
(c) vitamin-K
(d) vitamin-E
Answer:
(c) vitamin-K

Question 29.
Blood transports
(a) oxygen only
(b) respiratory gases and excretory product only
(c) respiratory gases nutrients and excretory products
(d) respiratory gases and nutritive substances only
Answer:
(c) respiratory gases nutrients and excretory products

Question 30.
Lymph differs from blood in the
(a) absence of RBC
(b) absence of WBC
(c) excess of water
(d) absence of protein
Answer:
(a) absence of RBC

Question 31.
Blood is composed of
(a) plasma and corpuscles
(b) plasma and RBC
(c) plasma and WBC
(d) colloid particles
Answer:
(a) plasma and corpuscles

Question 32.
If RBCs are kept in distilled water they will
(a) contract
(b) just swell up
(c) remain unaffected
(d) swell up and burst
Answer:
(d) swell up and burst

Question 33.
RBCs are kept in 8% saline solution it will
(a) burst
(b) contract
(c) remain unaffected
(d) None of these
Answer:
(b) contract

Question 34.
RBC will contract if kept in
(a) isotonic solution
(b) distilled water
(c) hypertonic solution
(d) hypotonic solution
Answer:
(c) hypertonic solution

Question 35.
In 100 mL of blood of adult man amount of haemoglobin is
(a) 11 gm
(b) 12.5 gm
(c) 14 gm
(d) 20 gm
Answer:
(c) 14 gm

Question 36.
Red bone marrow occurs in
(a) ribs
(b) ribs and sternum
(c) ribs and cranium
(d) ribs, sternum and cranium
Answer:
(d) ribs, sternum and cranium

Question 37.
Secretion of sebaceous gland is
(a) holocrine
(b) apocrine
(c) epierine
(d) merocrine
Answer:
(a) holocrine

Question 38.
Which is a simple coiled tubular gland?
(a) Salivary gland
(b) Sweat gland
(c) Sebaceous gland
(d) Testes
Answer:
(b) Sweat gland

Question 39.
Haemopoietic tissue is
(a) dense connective tissue
(b) reticular tissue
(c) adipose tissue
(d) epithelial tissue
Answer:
(b) reticular tissue

Question 40.
Harmful bacteria and other foreign bodies are destroyed by
(a) plasma protein
(b) platelets
(c) phagocytosis by RBC
(d) phagocytosis by WBC
Answer:
(d) phagocytosis by WBC

Question 41.
Phagocytic cells in liver are
(a) Kupffer cell
(b) Chromaffin cell
(c) Mast cell
(d) None of these
Answer:
(a) Kupffer cell

Question 42.
Which is irregular in shape?
(a) RBC
(b) WBC
(c) Muscle fibre
(d) Epithelial cell
Answer:
(d) Epithelial cell

Question 43.
An erythrocyte in mammal is without nucleus because
(a) erythrocyte is not a cell
(b) nucleus is not required
(c) nucleus disappears during its formation
(d) nucleus is absent from the beginning
Answer:
(b) nucleus is not required

Question 44.
Source of energy for muscle contraction is
(a) actin
(b) myosin
(c) actomyosin
(d) ATP
Answer:
(d) ATP

Question 45.
Smooth muscles are
(a) involuntary, spindle-shaped uninucleate and tapering
(b) voluntary multinucleate and cylindrical
(c) involuntary cylindrical and multinucleate
(d) voluntary, branched and uninucleate
Answer:
(b) voluntary multinucleate and cylindrical

Question 46.
The fibrous connective tissue sheath of bones is known as
(a) pericardium
(b) perichondrium
(c) perineurium
(d) periosteum
Answer:
(d) periosteum

Question 47.
Sarcolemma is a membrane present on the outer side of
(a) nerve fibre
(b) bone
(c) muscle fibre
(d) RBC
Answer:
(c) muscle fibre

Question 48.
Tissue covering of the body surface is
(a) epithelial
(b) connective
(c) muscle
(d) adipose
Answer:
(a) epithelial

Question 49.
White matter of the spinal cord is made up of
(a) nerve cells
(b) non-myelinated nerve fibers
(c) myelinated nerve fibers
(d) connective tissue cells
Answer:
(c) myelinated nerve fibers

Question 50.
Haemopoiesis in adult human occurs in
(a) liver and spleen
(b) liver
(c) spleen
(d) red bone marrow
Answer:
(d) red bone marrow

Question 51.
In human, haemoglobin is present
(a) in the liver
(b) dissolved in the blood plasma
(c) in erythrocytes
(d) in spleen
Answer:
(c) in erythrocytes

Question 52.
Maximum number of cell bodies (cytons) are present in
(a) spinal cord
(b) retina
(c) brain
(d) ganglia
Answer:
(c) brain

Question 53.
If bone is kept in 5% KOH solution for some days.
(a) Be unaffected
(b) Dissolve
(c) Becomes soft and elastic
(d) Break
Answer:
(a) Be unaffected

Question 54.
Which salt is found in maximum quantity in bones?
(a) Calcium carbonate
(b) Calcium phosphate
(c) Sodium chloride
(d) Magnesium chloride
Answer:
(b) Calcium phosphate

Question 55.
If a bone is suspended in dilute hydrochloric acid, for a few days, it
(a) becomes harder
(b) becomes softer and malleable
(c) remains unaffected
(d) dissolves
Answer:
(b) becomes softer and malleable

Question 56.
Mast cells occur in
(a) nervous tissue
(b) connective tissue
(c) epithelial tissue
(d) skeletal tissue
Answer:
(b) connective tissue

Question 57.
Afferent nerve fibre carries nerve impulse
(a) from central nervous system to a receptor
(b) from receptor to the central nervous system
(c) from central nervous system to the effector organ
(d) from effector organs to the central nervous system
Answer:
(b) from receptor to the central nervous system

Question 58.
Increase in the number of erythrocytes is called
(a) polycythemia
(b) glycosuria
(c) hyperglycemia
(d) hypoglycemia
Answer:
(a) polycythemia

Question 59.
Epithelial tissue performs the following functions
(a) protection, secretion, absorption and respiration
(b) protection, secretion, sensation and absorption
(c) absorption, respiration, secretion and sensation
(d) All of the above
Answer:
(d) All of the above

Question 60.
The cells responsible for dissolving the bone matrix are called
(a) osteoblasts
(b) osteoclasts
(c) osteocytes
(d) chondrocytes
Answer:
(b) osteoclasts

Question 61.
Colourless plasma without corpuscles and fibrinogen is also known as
(a) chyle
(b) lymph
(c) serum
(d) thrombus
Answer:
(c) serum

Question 62.
Mammary glands are modified
(a) holocrine glands
(b) endocrine glands
(c) sebaceous glands
(d) sweat glands
Answer:
(d) sweat glands

Question 63.
Horns of a rhinoceros are composed of
(a) bone
(b) cartilage
(c) chitin
(d) keratin
Answer:
(d) keratin

Question 64.
A nerve is nothing, but a bundle of
(a) axons
(b) dendrites
(c) ganglia
(d) cell bodies
Answer:
(a) axons

Question 65.
Possible function of Nissl’s body is
(a) protein synthesis
(b) RNA synthesis
(c) RNA storage
(d) impulse conduction
Answer:
(a) protein synthesis

Question 66.
The male cockroach is identified by the presence of
(a) anal cerci
(b) long antennae
(c) anal styles
(d) wingless body
Answer:
(c) anal styles

Question 67.
In cockroach or insects the excretory organs are
(a) Malpighian tubules
(b) Nephridia
(c) Malpighian corpuscles
(d) Flame cells
Answer:
(a) Malpighian tubules

Question 68.
Cockroach is
(a) omnivorous
(b) sanguivorous
(c) insectivorous
(d) carnivorous
Answer:
(a) omnivorous

Question 69.
The juvenile stage of cockroach is known as
(a) larva
(b) pupa
(c) maggot
(d) nymph
Answer:
(c) maggot

Question 70.
In cockroach, the number of spiracles is
(a) 8 pairs
(b) 10 pairs
(c) 12 pairs
(d) 14 pairs
Answer:
(b) 10 pairs

Question 71.
The blood-filled cavity of cockroach is known as
(a) coelom
(b) haemocoel
(c) enteron
(d) pseudocoel
Answer:
(b) haemocoel

Question 72.
Cockroach respires by
(a) cuticle
(b) lungs
(c) trachea
(d) book lung
Answer:
(c) trachea

Question 73.
In cockroach, the main excretory product is
(a) ammonia
(b) urea
(c) uric acid
(d) hippuric acid
Answer:
(c) uric acid

Question 74.
Mouth parts of cockroach are of
(a) sponging type
(b) piercing type
(c) sucking type
(d) biting and chewing type
Answer:
(d) biting and chewing type

Question 75.
Muscles associated with heart of cockroach are
(a) pericardial muscles
(b) striped muscles
(c) tergo-sternal muscles
(d) alary muscles
Answer:
(d) alary muscles

Question 76.
The tubular heart of cockroach is composed of
(a) 6-chambers
(b) 9-chambers
(c) 10-chambers
(d) 13-chambers
Answer:
(d) 13-chambers

Question 77.
In cockroach nerve cord is
(a) single, ventral, solid
(b) double, ventral solid
(c) single, ventral, hollow
(d) double, ventral, hollow
Answer:
(b) double, ventral solid

Question 78.
Characters common in cockroach spider and prawn is
(a) book lungs
(b) jointed legs
(c) green glands
(d) compound eye
Answer:
(b) jointed legs

Question 79.
In cockroach the food is crushed and strained in
(a) crop
(b) gizzard
(c) mesenteron
(d) hepatic caecae
Answer:
(b) gizzard

Question 80.
Blood does not transport oxygen in
(a) bird
(b) earthworm
(c) rabbit
(d) cockroach
Answer:
(d) cockroach

Question 81.
How many chitinous teeth does the gizzard of cockroach have?
(a) 2
(b) 4
(c) 6
(d) 8
Answer:
(c) 6

Question 82.
In female cockroach the 7th sternum forms a boat-shaped structure called
(a) hypogynium
(b) gonapophyses
(c) phallomere
(d) podial plate
Answer:
(b) gonapophyses

Question 83.
Each ovary of cockroach is composed of
(a) 4 ovarioles
(b) 6 ovarioles
(c) 8 ovarioles
(d) 16 ovarioles
Answer:
(c) 8 ovarioles

Question 84.
Which of the following serves as the tongue of cockroach?
(a) Labium
(b) Maxillae
(c) Mandible
(d) Hypopharynx
Answer:
(d) Hypopharynx

Question 85.
Hepatic caeca in cockroach from
(a) junction of midgut and hindgut
(b) gizzard
(c) midgut
(d) junction of gizzard and midgut
Answer:
(c) midgut

Fill in the blanks with appropriate words

Question 1.
Lifespan of erythrocytes is ……………. days.
Answer:
120

Question 2.
Junction of two neurons is called ……………. .
Answer:
Synapse

Question 3
………… is the structural and functional unit of a muscle fiber.
Answer:
Sarcomere

Question 4
……………. are the longitudinal canals found in bone.
Answer:
Haversian canals

Question 5.
Nissl’s granules are found in …………….. .
Answer:
Cyton

Question 6.
Outer most layer of a cartilage is known as ……………. .
Answer:
Perichondrium

Question 7.
Bone forming cells are called ……………. .
Answer:
Osteoblasts

Question 8.
Cell bodies of most neurons in peripherial nervous system are grouped together as ……………. .
Answer:
Ganglion

Question 9.
Cartilage is formed by cells, called ……………. .
Answer:
Chondroblasts

Question 10.
……………… are periodic constrictions in the axon of a myelinated nerve fiber.
Answer:
Nodes of Ranvier

Question 11.
Branch of the science dealing with the study of tissues is known as ……………. .
Answer:
Anatomy

Question 12.
Brush border cuboidal epithelial cell possess ……………. at their free ends.
Answer:
Cilia

Question 13.
Plasma without fibrinogen is known as ……………. .
Answer:
Serum

Question 14.
A neuron receives the nerve impulse through ……………. and transmit it through ……………. .
Answer:
Dendrites, axon

Question 15.
Heart contains ……………. muscle.
Answer:
Cardiac

Question 16.
Transportation of ……………. is the main function of blood which is carried by a conjugate protein called ……………. .
Answer:
Oxygen, Haemoglobin

Question 17.
Epithelial tissue lining the blood vessel is known as ……………. .
Answer:
Endothelium

Question 18.
…………….. is the group of cells specialised to perform a specific function.
Answer:
Tissue

Question 19.
Haversian canal is found in ……………. .
Answer:
Bones

Answer each of the following in single word

Question 1.
Name a mammal having nucleated RBC.
Answer:
Camel

Question 2.
What type of cartilage is found in the intervertebral disc?
Answer:
Hyaline cartilage

Question 3.
Name the longest cell in the body?
Answer:
Neuron

Question 4.
Which animal possesses pneumatic bone?
Answer:
Birds

Question 5.
Who coined the term epithelium ?
Answer:
Raysch

Question 6.
Which muscle doesn’t get fatigued throughout life?
Answer:
Cardiac muscle

Question 7.
In which cell, Nissl granules are present?
Answer:
Neuron (cyton)

Question 8.
Volkman’s canal is present in which tissue?
Answer:
Bone

Question 9.
Who is known as father of histology?
Answer:
Xavier Bichat

Question 10.
Name the structural and functional unit of nervous tissue.
Answer:
Neuron

Question 11.
Name the tissue connecting muscle to a bone.
Answer:
Tendon

Question 12.
What is the expanded from of RBC?
Answer:
Red blood cell

Question 13.
Name the protein which constitutes the collagen fibre.
Answer:
Collagen

Question 14.
What type of cartilage is found in ear pinnae?
Answer:
Elastic cartilage

Question 15.
What type of tissue does blood come under?
Answer:
Connective tissue

Question 16.
Where are Schwann cells found?
Answer:
Axon

Question 17.
Which muscle is self excitatory?
Answer:
Cardiac muscle

Short Answer Type Questions

Answer each of the following within 50 words

Question 1.
What is a ligament?
Answer:
Ligament is the fibrous connective tissue that connects bones to other bones and is also known as articular ligament. They usually serves to hold structures together and keep them stable.

Question 2.
How would you obtain pavement epithelium?
Answer:
Simple sqamous epithelium is formed by a single layer of flat or spindle-shaped cells. The cells are closely fitted like the tiles on a floor with serrated edges. Therefore this epithelium is often known as pavement epithelium. Each cell contains a centrally placed spherical nucleus.

Question 3.
Why blood does not clot in blood vessel?
Answer:
Blood does not clot inside the body due to the presence of naturally occurring anticoagulant heparin, secreted by basophils and mast cells.

Question 4.
What is the advantage of having transitional epithelium in the wall of the urinary bladder?
Answer:
The number of cells in transitional epithelium changes with time. For example, the wall of the distended urinary bladder has 2-3 layers of cells. However when the bladder contracts, this number increases To 5-6. This is advantageous in having transitional epithelium in the wall of the urinary bladder.

Question 5.
What do you understand by pseudostratified epithelium?
Answer:
Pseudostratified Epithelium
The epithelium is one-cell thick, but appears 2-layered because all the cells do not reach the , . free surface. The cells are attached to the * basement membrane, hence they are called pseudostratified.
The mucus secreting goblet cells also occur in this epithelium.

Question 6.
What is the fundamental difference between spongy bone and compact bone?
Answer:
(a) Spongy (Cancellace) Bone it contains a ncrwork of thin and irrcgularly longitudinal and ransvcrsc bony bars called trabeculae covered by the cndosteum. it is found at che ends of long bones (epiphyses).
(b) Compact (Dense) Bone It is hard and compact and found in the shaft of long bones. It contains ydilow bone marrow and has Haversian systems.

Structure of cancellous (spongy) bone
(a) Spongy bone at the end of a long bone and
(b) microscopic structure of spongy bone

Question 7.
Name different types of leucocytes and enumerate their functions.
Answer:
The different types of leucocytes are

• Neutrophils They are attracted by chemotactic factors secreted by bacteria at the site of infection and acts as phagocytes and engulf and digest them.
• Eosinophils They are phagocytic cells with an affinity for antigen-antibody complexes formed at the site of inflammation and allergic reaction.
• Basophils These store histamine and heparin.
• Lymphocytes They play a key role in the immune response of the body.
• Monocyte They are phagdcytic in nature.

Question 8.
Why have tendons and ligaments more tensile strength?
Answer:
Tendon and ligaments are composed of dense connective tissue. These have densely packed collagen fibers. These cells are few and the ground substance is less. This gives them more tensile strength.

Question 9.
What do you mean by involuntary muscle?
Answer:
Involuntary muscles are muscles that contracts without conscious control and found in walls of internal organs such as stomach, intestine, bladder and blood vessels.

Question 10.
What is the difference between G-actin and F-actin?
Answer:
Actin forms microfilaments, it is globular and multifunctional protein. It is thus known as globular actin or G-actin. A G-actin molecule has an ATPase activity and a myosin head binding site. Several G-actins joins linearly forming a fibrous actin or f-actin. Two f-actins helically coil forming an actin filament.

Question 11.
Describe the role of troponin and tropomyosin in skeletal muscle contraction.
Answer:
Tropomyosin blocks myosin binding sites on actin molecules, preventing cross bridge formation, which prevents contraction in a muscle without nervous input. The protein complex troponin binds to tropomyosin, helping to position it on the actin molecule.

Question 12.
How does cardiac muscle differ from skeletal muscle?
Answer:
Difference between Skeletal muscle and Cardiac muscle

Skeletal muscle	Cardiac muscle
Attached to bones and cartilages.	Present in the wall of heart and the wall of large blood vessels in the vicinity of their entering or leaving the heart.
Voluntary and undergo fatigue.	Involuntary and never undergo fatigue.
Muscle fibers are long and cylindrical and never branch.	The fibers are branched. The branches anastomoise with each other.
The fibers are muitinucleated (syncytial).	The fibers are uninucleate, occasionally binucleated.
Intercalated dis.cs are absent.	Intercalated discs are present at the anastomosing points.

Question 13.
Name the cells, which from myelin sheaths in axons of central nervous system and peripheral nervous systems.
Answer:
Schwann cells forms myelin sheaths in axons of central nervous system and peripheral nervous system.

Question 14.
Name the macrophage associated with the nervous tissue. What is its function?
Answer:
Microglia are the smallest neuroglial cells. Their function is like that of macrophages of the connective tissue. When nervous tissue is damaged or injured, the microglial cells migrate to the site, proliferate and remove the debris by phagocytoses.

Write short notes on the following

Question 1.
Cartilage
Answer:
Cartilage
It is a tough, semitransparent, elastic and flexible tissue. The cartilage cells (chondrocytes) lie in groups of 2-3 in , fluid-filled spaces called lacunae. The cartilage is bounded externally by a stiff sheath called perichondrium containing white fibrous tissue. Cartilage is present in the tip of nose, outer ear joint, between adjacent bones of the vertebral column, limbs and hand in adults.

Question 2.
Bone of mammal
Answer:
Bone:
It is a hard and rigid connective tissue. These are non-pliable ground substance rich in calcium salts and collagen fibres providing strength to the bone. The cells of bone are found in a calcified matrix made up of ossein. The bone cells known as osteocytes are lodged in the spaces called lacunae.
They also interact with skeletal muscles attached to them to bring about movements.

A characteristic feature of mammalian bones are present in the matrix. Each Haversian canal contains an artery, a vein, a lymph vessel, a nerve and some bone cells.

Question 3.
Neuron
Answer:
Neurons are the functional unit of neural system. These are excitable cells. A neuron consists of a cell body (cyton) or soma and fine protoplasmic processes called neurites arising from the cell body.

Question 4.
Cardiac muscle
Answer:
Cardiac Muscles
The cardiac muscles are contractile tissues present only in the heart and in the wall of large veins which enter the heart. The cardiac muscle fibres show the characters of both unstriped and striped muscle fibres. Each fibre is a v long and cylindrical structure which has a definite – sarcolemma. The fibres are uninucleate and the nuclei lie near the centre.

Question 5.
Myofibril
Answer:
Myofibril It is also known as a muscle fibril. It is a basic rod-like unit of a muscle cell. Muscles are composed of tubular cells called myocytes, known as muscle fibres in striated and these cells in turn contain many chain of myofibrils.

Question 6.
Adipose tissue
Answer:
Adipose Tissue It is a modified type of areolar tissue. Its matrix contains large number of adipose cells along with fibrocytes and macrophages. White and yellow fibres are present in the matrix. The cells of this tissue are specialised to store fats.

The excess of nutrients which are not used immediately are converted into fats and are stored in this tissue. The adipose tissues are found in the subcutaneous region, around the heart, kidneys, eyeballs, etc. It is also found in the blubber of whales and elephants, hump of camel, fat bodies of frog and yellow bone marrow.

Loose connective tissue
(a) Areolar (b) A cell of adipose tissue

Question 7.
Stratified epithelium
Answer:
Stratified Compound Epithelia The stratified epithelia consist of many layers of cells. On the basis of the shape of the cells present in the superficial layers, the stratified epithelium are of four types
Stratified Squamous Epithelium The cells in the basal (deepest) layer are columnar or cuboidal with oval nuclei. It is called germinal layer. The cells in this region keep dividing by mitosis to form new cells.
The stratified squamous epithelium is further subdivided as two main types, i.e. keratinised and non-keratinised.

Question 8.
Neuroglia
Answer:
The neuroglia or glia cells are supporting cells which form a packing around the neurons in the brain, spinal cord and ganglia. Neuroglia make up more than one half the volume of neural tissue in our body. These cells have different shapes and many processes.
The neuroglia cells have various roles like myelin formation, transport of materials to neurons, maintenance of ionic balance and phagocytosis.

Question 9.
Haversian system
Answer:
Haversian System The osteon or Haversian system is the fundamental functional unit of much compact bone. Osteons are roughly cylindrical structures that are typically several millimeters long around 0.2 mm in diameter.

Question 10.
Leucocytes
Answer:
Leucocytes or White Blood Corpuscles (WBCs) lack haemoglobin and are colourless. They are nucleated with rounded or irregular shape. They can change their shape and are capable of amoeboid movement.

Question 11.
Sarcomere
Answer:
Sarcomere It is the basic unit of striated muscle tissue. It is the repeating unit between the two Z-lines. Skeletal muscles are composed of tubular muscle cells (myocytes called muscle fibres or myofibers), which are formed in a process known as myogenesis.

Differentiate between the following

Question 1.
Axon and Dendron
Answer:
Differences between dendrites and axons are

Dendrite	Axon
These are short fibres which branch repeatedly and project out of the cell body and also contain Nissl’s granules.	The axon is a long branched fibre, which terminates as a bulb-like structure called synaptic knob. It possesses synaptic vesicles containing chemicals called neurotransmitters.
These fibres transmit impulses towards the cell body.	The axons transmit nerve impulses away from the cell body to a synapse.
Its branches terminate into bulb like synaptic knobs.	Their branches do not have synaptic knobs.

Question 2.
Epithelial tissue and Connective tissue
Answer:
Difference between epithelial tissue and connective tissue are

Epithelial tissue	Connective tissue
The cells of a sub type are homogenous, e.g. squamous, columnar.	The cells of a sub type may be different, e.g. histiocytes, mast cells, adipose cells, etc.
Intercellular space is absent.	Large intercellular spaces are present.
It lies on basement membrane.	Basement membrane is absent.
The main functions of epithelial tissue are protection, secretion and perception of stimuli of different kinds.	To support organs and to provide connection between organs.

Question 3.
Cartilage and Bone
Answer:
Differences between bone and cartilage are

Bone	Cartilage
It is hard and inflexible.	It is comparatively soft and flexible.
The matrix contains ossein.	The matrix composes of chondrin.
Bone is highly vascular. Blood vessels occur in periosteum, endosteum marrow cavity, Haversian cannals and Volkmann’s canals.	Cartilage is largely a vascular. Vascular supply is limited to outer sheath or perichodrium.
It can be solid hollow or spongy.	It is always solid.
Osteocytes occur singly.	Chondrocytes may occur singly or in groups of 2-4.
Marrow is often present in the centre.	Marrow is absent.

Question 4.
Striated muscle and Non-striated muscle
Answer:
Difference between striated muscle and non-striated muscle

Striated muscle	Non-striated muscle
Striations present.	Striations absent.
it is voluntary in action.	It is involuntary in action.
The muscle fibres are long and cylindrical with blunt ends.	The muscle fibres are long spindle shaped with pointed ends.
The fibres are multinucleate.	The fibres are uninucleated.
Sarcoplasmic reticulum is well-developed.	Sarcoplasmic reticulum is poorly developed.
Sarcomeres present.	Sarcomeres absent.
Numerous mitochondria and glycogen are present.	Less mitochondria and glycogen granules are present.
Striated muscle is seen attached to skeleton.	Non-striated muscle is seen in internal organs.

Question 5.
Tendon and Ligament
Answer:
Differences between tendons and ligaments are

Tendons	Ligaments
The tendons are dense regular connective tissues, which attach the muscles to bones.	The ligaments are dense regular connective tissues, which attach the bones at the joints.
It is formed of white fibrous connective tissue.	It is formed of yellow elastic connective tissue.

Question 6.
Muscle cell and Nerve cell
Answer:
Difference between nerve cell and muscle cell are

Nerve cell	Muscle cell
It is the structural and functional unit of nervous tissue.	It is structural unit of muscle unit of nervous tissue.
It is specialised for transmission of impulses.	In addition to transmission of impulses, it involves in contraction and relaxation muscles.
Its plasma membrane is called neurolemma.	Its plasma membrane is called sarcolemma.
Its cytoplasm is called neuroplasm.	Its cytoplasm is called sarcoplasm.

Question 7.
Blood and Lymph
Answer:
Differences between blood and lymph are

Blood	Lymph
It contains plasma, erythrocytes, leucocytes and platelets.	It contains plasma and leucocytes.
The presence of haemoglobin imparts red colour to it.	It is colourless as haemoglobin is absent.
Its plasma contains more protein, and phosphorus as compared to lymph.	Its plasma has fewer protein and calcium less calcium and phosphorus than blood.
Contains moderate amount of CO2 and other metabolic wastes.	Contains excessive amount of CO2 and other metabolic wastes.

Question 8.
Cardiac muscle and Skeletal muscle
Answer:
Difference between Skeletal muscle and Cardiac muscle

Cardiac muscle	Skeletal muscle
Present in the wall of heart and the wall of large blood vessels in the vicinity of their entering or leaving the heart.	Attached to bones and cartilages.
Involuntary and never undergo fatigue.	Voluntary and undergo fatigue.
The fibers are branched. The branches anastomoise with each other.	Muscle fibers are long and cylindrical and never branch.
The fibers are uninucleate, occasionally binucleated.	The fibers are muitinucleated (syncytial).
Intercalated discs are present at the anastomosing points.	Intercalated dis.cs are absent.

Question 9.
Myelinated and Non-myelinated nerve fibre
Answer:
Differences between myelinated and non-myelinated nerve fibres are

Myelinated nerve fibre	Non-myelinated nerve fiber
The myelinated nerve fibres are enveloped with Schwann cells, which form a myelin sheath around the axon.	Non-myelinated nerve fibres are enclosed by a Schwann cell that does not from a myelin sheath around the axon.
Myelinated nerve fibres are found in spinal and cranial nerves.	These are commonly found in autonomous and the somatic nervous systems.

Question 10.
RBC and WBC
Answer:
Difference between RBC and WBC are

RBC (Erythrocytes)	WBC (Leucocytes)
RBCs are small, circular, biconcave and non-nucleate cells.	Larger than RBC, amoeboid and nucleated cells.
Red due to the presance of haemoglobin.	Colourless due to the absence of haemoglobin.
More numerous than WBCs i.e. vary from 4.5 to 5.5 millions/ mm³.	Less numerous than . RBC- i.e. vary from 8000 to 10000 mm³.
Lifespan is approximately 120 days.	Lifespan is only a few days.
Carry molecules oxygen from the lungs to the tissues.	Mostly defend the body from external aggression.

Question 11.
Areolar tissue and Adipose tissue
Answer:
Difference between areolar tissue and adipose tissue are

Areolar tissue	Adipose tissue
Areolar tissue is mainly connective.	It is a mainly concerned with the storage of fat.
It usually fixes skin with the muscles.	The cells are spherical or oval and are packed in a matrix.
It forms packaging of the material in all organs between the muscles.	The matrix of the tissue consists of fibroblasts, macrophages and collagen fibres.
It has two types of fibres white and yellow.	It is found around the kidneys, blood vessels and also heart.

Odisha State Board CHSE Odisha Class 11 Biology Solutions Chapter 6 Anatomy of Flowering Plants Textbook Questions and Answers.

CHSE Odisha 11th Class Biology Chapter 6 Question Answer Anatomy of Flowering Plants

Anatomy of Flowering Plants Class 11 Questions and Answers CHSE Odisha

Very Short Answer Type Questions

Fill in the blanks

Question 1.
Companion cells are associated with …………… .
Answer:
Sieve elements

Question 2.
Numerous vascular bundles are scattered in the ground tissue of …………. stem.
Answer:
Monocot

Question 3.
Vascular bundles in which phloem is found on both sides of xylem are called …………. .
Answer:
Bicollateral

Question 4.
The inner, darker and harder portion of secondary xylem that cannot conduct water in an older stem is called ………. wood.
Answer:
Heart

Write True or False. Then correct the sentences without changing the underlinked worlds

Question 1.
Conjoint vascular bundles are those in which xylem and phloem occur in one strand.
Answer:
True

Question 2.
In maize stem bicollateral vascular bundles are seen.
Answer:
In Cucurbita stem bicollateral vascular bundles are seen.

Question 3.
Vascular tissue system develops from ground meristem.
Answer:
Vascular tissue system develops from procambium.

Question 4.
Epidermal tissue system originates from protoderm.
Answer:
True

Question 5.
Endodermis is the outer Layer of stele.
Answer:
Pericycle is the outer Layer of stele.

Question 6.
Outer layer of tunica always gives rise to epidermis.
Answer:
True

Question 7.
Bulliform cells belong to epidermal tissue system.
Answer:
True

Question 8.
Epistomatic leaves are generally found in hydrophytes.
Answer:
True

Question 9.
Casparian strips are seen in pericycle layer.
Answer:
Casparian strips are seen in hypodermis.

Question 10.
Starch sheath refers to cells of pericycle with starch.
Answer:
Starch sheath refers to cells of endodermis with starch grains.

Short Answer Type Questions

Differentiate between the following

Question 1.
Spongy parenchyma and palisade parenchyma
Answer:
Differences between palisade and spongy parenchyma are

Palisade Parenchyma	Spongy Parenchyma
These are present below the upper epidermis in dorsiventral leaf.	These are present towards the lower epidermis in dorsiventral leaf.
These are vertically elongated parenchymatous cells and are tightly fitted to each other without intercellular spaces.	These are oval-shaped parenchymatous cells and are loosely arranged with large air chambers.
These are present in three layers.	These are present in multilayers.
These cells contain more chloroplasts, which are radially arranged in these cells. Thus, the upper part of the leaf is dark green.	These cells contain few chloroplasts, which are irregularly distributed. Thus, lower part of the leaf is less green.

Question 2.
Vascular bundles of Maize and Tridax
Answer:
Differences between vascular bundles of maize and Tridax are

Vascular bundles of Maize	Vascular Bundles of Tridax
Maize is a monocot.	Tridax is a dicot
In stem	In stem
Vascular bundles are scattered in the ground tissue system.	Vascular bundles are arranged in a ring.
Vascular bundles are comparatively more in number.	Vascular bundles are fewer in number.
Vascular bundles are elliptical or rounded.	Vascular bundle are wedge shaped.
Vascular bundles are open.	Vascular bundles are closed.
Vascular bundle are not surrounded by any bundle sheath.	Vascular bundles are
In Root	In Root
Vascular bundles are polyarch and radial.	Vascular bundles are four in number arranged on alternate radii.

Question 3.
Heartwood and sap wood.
Answer:
Differences between sapwood and heartwood are

Sapwood	Heartwood
The outer region of the old trees forms the sap wood.	The central region of the old trees forms the heart wood.
It is also called as alburnum.	It is also called as duramen.
It is soft and not durable.	It is hard and durable.
It is light coloured and formed of living cells.	It is dark coloured due to the deposition of various substances.
Vessels are not blocked by tyloses.	Vessels are blocked by tyloses with various deposits.
The function of this region is conduction of water and nutrients and also storage of food.	The function of this region is mechanical support.

Question 4.
Permanent tissue and meristematic tissue.
Answer:
Differences between meristematic and permanent tissues

Meristematic tissue	Permanent tissue
Continuously dividing cells.	Do not divide continuously
Cells are small and isodiametric	Variable in shape and size
Cell wall is thin	Cell wall is thick
Nuclei are large	Nuclei are small
Vacuoles are absent	Vacuoles are present
Intercellular spaces absent	Intercellular spaces present
Metabolic activities are at high rate	Low rate
Inorganic inclusion absent	Present
Cell are undifferentiated	Cells are differentiated
Simple tissue	Simple or complex

Question 5.
Spring wood and autumn wood.
Answer:
Differences between spring wood and autumn wood are

Spring wood (Early wood)	Autumn wood (Late wood)
1. Wood formed in favourable season is called spring wood.	Wood formed in unfavourable season is called autumn wood.
2. The band of xylem is broad.	The band of Xylem is narrow.
3. Xylem has wider lumen and thin walled vessels.	Xylem has narrower lumen with thick walled vessels
4. Lighter in colour.	Comparatively darker
5. Fibres are less in number	Fibers are abundant.

Question 6.
Cork and bark.
Answer:
Differences between cork and bark are

Cork	Bark
1. Cork is a part of bark arising through the division of cork cambium.	Bark is the protective; outer layer of a woody tree.
2. Cork is formed through cork cambium.	Bark is formed through both cork and vascular cambium. Bark consists of the cork, cork cambium and the secondary phloem.
3. Cork consists of dead cells, which are filled with suberin.	Bark contains live tissues like cork cambium and secondary phloem.

Write note on

Question 1.
Cambium
Answer:
Formation of Cambium Ring
The parenchyma cells of the primary medullary rays adjacent to the intrafascicular cambium undergo dedifferentiadon and give rise to interfascicular cambium.
This joins the intrafascicular cambium of either side to form a complete ring of meristem called the cambium ring.

Question 2.
Lateral meristem
Answer:
Lateral Meristems:
The meristems that occur in the mature regions of roots and shoots of many plants. These meristems produce woody axis. These appear later than primary meristem, so are also called the secondary meristem.
They are cylindrical meristems. Some examples of lateral meristems are fascicular vascular cambium, interfascicular cambium and cork cambium. These are responsible for producing the secondary tissues.

Question 3.
Bark
Answer:
Bark:
Bark is a non-technical term used to describe all tissues exterior to the vascular cambium, therefore including secondary phloem. The bark refers to a number of tissues, i.e., periderm and secondary phloem. The bark that is formed early in the season is called early or soft bark. Towards the end of the season, late or hard bark is formed.

Question 4.
Lenticels
Answer:
Lenticels:
At certain regions of stem, the phellogen cuts off closely arranged parenchymatous cells on the outer side instead of cork cells.
These parenchymatous cells soon rupture the epidermis forming a lens-shaped opening called lenticels. The lenticels are mostly found in woody trees.

Question 5.
Hydathode
Answer:
These are specialised pores along the margins and apex of the leaf through which the secretion of water (guttation) takes place. Hydathodes or water stomata consists of vein endings, epithem chamber and pores. Pores are surrounded by guard cells, but remains open permanently.

Question 6.
Promeristem
Answer:
Procambium:
Ir develops into primary vascular tissue. It forms the isolated strands of elongated cells, very near to the central region.

Question 7.
Glandular tissues.
Answer:
Glandular Tissues These have unicellular or multicellular glands, which may secrete or excrete chemicals. They are present either externally or internally.

1. External glands are superficial in nature and formed on epidermis. They may occur as hydathodes glandular hairs, nectaries and digestive glands, etc.
2. Internal glands are confined to internal tissues.
   They are formed by lysis of some of the cells or by splitting of cells at middle lamella. They occur as oil glands, mucilage secreting glands, etc.

Question 8.
Annual ring.
Answer:
In tropical areas, the growth of secondary xylem is continuous. In others, yearly growth is very distinct and appears in the form of annual rings.

The transition from springwood to autumnwood is gradual. After autumnwood and before springwood of next year, there is no growth.
Therefore, change over from autumnwood to springwood is sudden.

The light coloured springwood and its next dark coloured autumnwood constitutes an annual ring or growth ring. It represents the total secondary xylem or wood formed in one year.

Question 9.
Different types of stomata
Answer:
The stomata (sing, stoma) are openings in the epidermis of most of the aerial parts of the plants, especially the leaves. Each stomata is composed of two bean-shaped cells called as guard cells, which enclose stomatal pore. The guard cells are generally much smaller in size as compared to other epidermal cells.

They are sensitive to even a small change in turgor pressure. The dimension of stomatal pore varies from species to species, but it measures about 20 Jim in length and about 10-20 jlm in width when fully open.

In some species, the guard cells are surrounded by subsidiary cells or accessory cells which differ morphologically from the other epidermal cells. The guard cell walls have special elastic properties. The adjoining cell walls of two guard cells around pore are free and not attached with each other.

These properties help them to stretch laterally during stomatal opening. The stomatal aperture, guard cells and the surrounding subsidiary cells are together called stomatal apparatus.

In most monocots, the guard cells are dumb-bell-shaped. The stomata are mostly found on the upper epidermis of the leaves. In some hydrophytes, the stomata occur on the upper surface to avoid water contact.

Question 10.
Trichomes
Answer:
Trichomes The epidcrmal hairs present on the stem are called trichomes. These are epidermal outgrowths present temporarily or permanently on almost all plant parts. They are multicellular structures which may he branched or unbranched. They may be secretory in nature.
They also help in checking the rate of transpiration from aerial plant surfaces.

Long Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Compare the internal structure of a dicot stem with that of a dicot root.
Answer:
Dicotyledonous Stem:
The transverse section (TS) of a typical young dicotyledonous stem (e.g. Halianthus annus, Cucurcubita maxima, etc.) shows the following areas

Epidermis:
The outermost protective layer of the stem is called epidermis. It is covered with a thin-layer of cudcle and may bear trichomes and a few stomata.
The cuticle protects the tissues from injury as well as diseases from the entry of fungal spores and bacteria. It also helps to prevent loss of water.
Epidermal Epidermis Hypodermis Parenchyma Endodermis Pericycle Vascular bundle Medullary rays

Cortex:
This layer lies just below the epidermis and extends till ” endodermis. Its various parts are hypodermis, general cortex and endodermis.
(i) Hypodermis
It is just below the epidermis consisting of collenchymatous cells. The cells contain chloroplasts. It provides mechanical strength to the stem.
(ii) General Cortex
It is located just below the hypodermis and consists of a few layers of parenchymatous cells. These cells are thin-walled have big intercellular spaces and may contain chloroplasts.
(iii) Endodermis
It lies just beneath the general cortex in the form of single layer of barrel-shaped cells surrounding the stele. It is the innermost layer of cortex. In sunflower, it contains starch, hence is called starch sheath.

Dicotyledonous Root:
The primary internal structure of dicot root (e.g. gram) can be studied from the Transverse Section (TS) of a young root of sunflower, pea or gram. The primary root is the one which has only primary permanent tissues that are formed from vegetative shoot apex. Secondary tissues are absent.
The following structures can he seen from periphery towards the centre
Epidermis:
It forms the outermost layer in young root. It is equivalent to epidermis of stem. The stomata and cuticle are not present in it. The cells are thin-walled and tubular. Some of the epidermal cells are prolonged to form thin-walled tubular structures called root hairs. The cells which produce root hair are called root hair cells or trichoblasts. Due to the presence of root hairs, epiblema is also called piliferous layer (Pilus – hair; ferre – to carry) and rhizodermis (Rhiza – root; derma – skin).

TS of a typical dicot root

Root hairs have pectose layer on the outside, this is to help them to pass into the soil spaces for absorption of water and mineral salts. The active lifespan of root hairs is upto 7 days and they die off in older parts of the root.
The cells of older epidermis shrivel afterwards and become cutinised and suberised.

Cortex:
It lies beneath the epiblema. It consists of several layers of thin-walled parenchymatous cells with conspicuous intercellular spaces. The cells of cortex store food. It also conducts water from the epiblema to the inner tissues.

Endodermis:
The innermost layer of the cortex is endodermis. It comprises of a single layer of barrel-shaped cells without any intercellular spaces. The endodermal cells are living and are rich in starch grains.

They have characteristic bands of thickenings along their radial and tangential walls. These are called casparian bands or casparian strips.
The casparian strips are made up of suberin and lignin. These strips prevent plasmolysis of endodermal cells and do not allow wall to wall movement of substances, between cortex and pericycle.

The cells of endodermis lying opposite to the protoxylem are thin-walled to permit free passage of water and minerals from cortex into the xylem. These are called passage cells.

Question 2.
Describe the anatomy of a typical monocot stem with labelled diagram. Point out the differences in the structure of vascular bundles in monocot stem and dicot stem.
Answer:
Monocotyledonous Stem:
The monocot stem (e.g. Zea mays, Canna, etc.) possesses only primary structure. The different monocot stems from outside towards inside consist of epidermis, hypodermis, ground tissue and vascular system.

Epidermis:
It is single-layered, having stomata in it. The cells have a thick cuticle layer on the outside.

TS of monocot stem

Hypodermis
It is 2-3 layered having lignified scierenchymatous cells present just below the epidermis.

Ground Tissue
It fills the whole interior of the stem containing parenchymatous cells. A number of vascular bundles are scattered in it.

Vascular System
Monocot stems has scattered vascular bundles.
Each vascular bundle in vascular strand is surrounded by a sheath of sclerenchyma known as bundle sheath cells. The vascular bundles possess both phloem (phloem parenchyma is absent) and xylem, so these are conjoint type.

The bundles are endarch with the protoxylem and metaxylem are arranged in the form of a ‘Y’. The divergent ends are occupied by two pitted vessels and convergent end by two smaller spiral vessels lying radially in the centre. A water containing cavity called lysigenous cavity is present in association with the protoxylem.

It is formed by the breakdown of inner protoxylem vessels and parenchyma during the earlier stages of growth. The cavity is absent or reduced in the smaller vascular bundles that occur in contact with sclerenchymatous hypodermis.
A brief account of internal structure of Zea mays and Canna has been described here under.

Differences between vascular bundles in monocot stem

Vascular Bundle in Monocot Stem	Vascular Bundle in Dicot Stem
Vascular bundles are arranged in a ring. This is called stelar region.	Vascular bundles are scattered in the ground tissue system.
Vascular bundles are fewer in number.	Vascular bundles are comparatively more in number.
Vascular bundles are wedge-shaped.	Vascular bundles are elliptical or rounded.
Vascular bundles are surrounded by bundle sheath	Vascular bundles are not surrounded by any bundle sheath.
Vascular bundles are closed	Vascular bundles are open.

Odisha State Board CHSE Odisha Class 11 Biology Solutions Chapter 5 Morphology of Flowering Plants Textbook Questions and Answers.

CHSE Odisha 11th Class Biology Chapter 5 Question Answer Morphology of Flowering Plants

Morphology of Flowering Plants Class 11 Questions and Answers CHSE Odisha

Very Short Answer Type Questions

Fill in the Blanks

Question 1.
Prop root is a modified …………. .
Answer:
Adventitious root

Question 2.
In ………… the adventitious root is modified for floating purpose.
Answer:
Jussiae repens

Question 3.
The modified adventitious root in Tinospora is …………. .
Answer:
Assimilatory roots

Question 4.
The thorn of Aegle is a modified …………. .
Answer:
Axillary bud

Question 5.
Zingiber is a modified …………. .
Answer:
Rhizome

Question 6.
Stem is negatively geotropic whereas root is …………. phototrophic.
Answer:
Negatively

Question 7.
Root is positively geotropic whereas stem is positively …………. .
Answer:
Phototrophic

Question 8.
In Allium cepa the type of modified stem is a …………. .
Answer:
Bulb

Question 9.
The appendage present at the base of the pedicel of a flower is known as …………. .
Answer:
bracteoles

Question 10.
The appendage present in between the base of the pedicel and thalamus is called …………. .
Answer:
Receptacle

Question 11.
The swollen upper portion of the pedicel in a flower is known as …………. .
Answer:
Thalamus

Question 12.
A plant is said to be …………. when both male and female flower are present in the same plant.
Answer:
Monoecious

Question 13.
A plant is said to be …………. when both androecium and gynoecium are absent.
Answer:
Neutral

Question 14.
When staminate, pistillate and bisexual flowers develop on the same plant, it is said to be …………. .
Answer:
Androgynomonoecious

Question 15.
A flower is said to be …………. when it is divided into exactly two equal halves passing through the centre in one position only.
Answer:
Zygomorphic

Question 16.
In epigynous flower the ovary is …………. .
Answer:
Inferior

Question 17.
In …………. flower the thalamus is a inverted cone with spongy flat top.
Answer:
Lotus

Question 18.
In rose flower the development of thalamus is called …………. .
Answer:
Monstrous

Question 19.
Foliar nature of sepals is seen in …………. flower.
Answer:
Mussaenda

Question 20.
In banana, the bract is …………. shaped.
Answer:
Boat

Question 21.
Small, dry, scaly bracts found in grass family are called …………. .
Answer:
Glumes

Question 22.
When sepals are coloured like petals the calyx of the flower is said to be …………. .
Answer:
Petaloid

Question 23.
The calyx is known as …………. when the sepals remain attached in fruit.
Answer:
Persistent

Question 24.
In mustard the form of corolla is …………. .
Answer:
Cruciform

Question 25.
In Vinca the form of corolla is …………. .
Answer:
Salvar-shaped

Question 26.
Quincuncial type of aestivation is found in …………. plant.
Answer:
Catharanthus

Question 27.
The flower is said to be …………. in which the carpels are united.
Answer:
Syncarpous

Question 28.
The placentation, in the members of family Cruciferae is of …………. type.
Answer:
Parietal

Question 29.
The placentation, …………. type is found in the family-Compositae.
Answer:
Basal

Question 30.
In Brassica, the type of inflorescence is …………. .
Answer:
Raceme

Question 31.
In Oryza, the type of inflorescence is …………. .
Answer:
Panicle

Question 32.
In Banana, the type of inflorescence is …………. .
Answer:
Compound spadix

Question 33.
In Coriandrum the type of inflorescence is …………. .
Answer:
Umbel

Question 34.
Hypanthodium type of inflorescence is found in …………. .
Answer:
Ficus

Question 35.
Cyathuim type of inflorescence is found in …………. .
Answer:
Euphorbia or Poinsettia

Question 36.
In family-Labiatae, the type of inflorescence is …………. .
Answer:
Verticillaster

Question 37.
In Calotropis, the type of inflorescence is …………. .
Answer:
Polychasial cyme

Question 38.
In cotton the fruit is …………. type. (legume, follicle, siliqua, capsule)
Answer:
Capsule

Question 39.
The fruit of pomegranate is a …………. . (berry, amphisarca, balausta, nut)
Answer:
Balausta

Question 40.
Coconut is a fruit which is classified as …………. . (drupe, berry, nut, capsule)
Answer:
drupe

Question 41.
A polycarpellary apocarpous pistil gives rise to …………. kind of fruit. (simple, aggregate, multiple pome)
Answer:
Aggregate

Question 42.
The fruit of pineapple is known as …………. . (syconus, hesperidium, sorosis, balausta)
Answer:
sorosis

Question 43.
Caryopsis type of fruit is found in …………. . (legume, mustard, rice, cotton)
Answer:
rice

Question 44.
Tomato is a fruit classified as …………. . (drupe, berry, capsule, pepo)
Answer:
Berry

Question 45.
Mango is a fruit which is classified as ………….. . (drupe, berry, nut, pome)
Answer:
drupe

Question 46.
Mustard is a fruit classified as ………….. .(legume, follicle, siliqua, capsule)
Answer:
siliqua

Question 47.
The receptacle grows, becomes fleshy and edible in ………….. . (pome, berry, drupe, pepo)
Answer:
Pome

Question 48.
Parthenocarpic fruit results when ………….. . (ovules do not develop in the ovary, more than one embryo develop in the ovule, fruits develop without fertilisation, gametes formed without reduction division)
Answer:
Fruits develop without fertilisation

Question 49.
In Mimosa the fruit is ………….. type. (cremocarp, regma, carcerule, lomentum)
Answer:
Lomentum

Question 50
………….. type of fruit is found in sunflower. (Caryopsis, achene, cypsela, nut)
Answer:
Cypsela

Question 51.
The fruit of fig is known as ………….. .(syconous, hesperidium, sorosis, balausta)
Answer:
Syconus

Question 52.
Hiptage fruit is classified as ………….. .(caryopsis, samara, achene, cypsela)
Answer:
Samara

Question 53.
The fruit of castor is known as ………….. .(Lomentum, cremocarp, regma, carcerulus)
Answer:
Regma

Question 54.
The fruit of orange is known as ………….. .(drupe, berry, pepo, hesperidium)
Answer
Hesperidium

Question 55.
The fruit develops from a hollow, pear-shaped fleshy receptacle enclosing a number of minute seeds is known as ………….. .(drupe, berry, sorosis, syconus)
Answer:
Syconus

Question 56.
The edible part of apple (pome) is ………….. .(fleshy calyx, fleshy thalamus, fleshy peduncle, fleshy ovary)
Answer:
Thalamus

Question 57.
In rice the edible part of fruit is ………….. .(Thalamus, endocarp, placentae, starchy endosperm)
Answer:
Starchy endosperm.

Express the following in one word

Question 1.
The roots that develop from the base of the radicle in rice plant.
Answer:
Tap root

Question 2.
The root system that develops from the portions other than the radicle.
Answer:
Adventitious root

Question 3.
The modified tap root that looks like a spindle.
Answer:
Fusiform root

Question 4.
The organ of the plant that arises from the plumule.
Answer:
Stem

Question 5.
A compact young shoot in which the young rudimentary leaves are covered.
Answer:
Bud

Question 6.
Openings present on the leaves for gaseous exchange.
Answer:
Stomata

Question 7.
The membranous stipules that occur in Polygonum.
Answer:
Ochreate

Question 8.
The type of compound leaves found in Coriandrum.
Answer:
Decompound

Question 9.
The type of compound leaves found in Bombax.
Answer:
Multifoliate

Question 10.
The type of modification of leaf in which petiole forms a sickle-shaped structure.
Answer:
Phyllode

Question 11.
A flower in which gynoecium is present, but androecium is absent.
Answer:
Pistillate

Question 12.
A flower which is divided into equal halves passing through the centre in any plane.
Answer:
Actinomorphic

Question 13.
Male and female flowers borne on two different plants.
Answer:
Dioecious

Question 14.
Staminate, pistillate and bisexual flowers develop on the same plant.
Answer:
Androgynomonoecious

Question 15.
Flowers without sepals and petals.
Answer:
Achlamydeous

Question 16.
The thalamus projecting into the ovary and carpels remaining attached to it and separating at maturity.
Answer:
Carpophore

Question 17.
Bracts from one or more whorls around a flower or a group of flowers.
Answer:
Bracteoles

Question 18.
Sepals falling off along with the petals just after fertilisation.
Answer:
Deciduous

Question 19.
Growth of calyx along with the fruit.
Answer:
Accrescent

Question 20.
The funnel-shaped corolla looking like an inverted cone.
Answer:
Infundibuliform

Question 21.
From of corolla in which the corolla tube is swollen in the middle, but tapers towards both base and apex.
Answer:
Urceolate

Question 22.
The condition where calyx and corolla are not differentiated.
Answer:
Perianth

Question 23.
Stamen without fertile anthers.
Answer:
Staminode

Question 24.
Attachment of the anther to the filament where anthers seem to swing freely.
Answer:
Versatile

Question 25.
Condition where out of six stamens, four inner long and two outer short.
Answer:
Tetradynamous

Question 26.
Anthers remaining free and fillaments united to form one bundle.
Answer:
Monodelphous

Question 27.
Condition where stamen attached with the corolla lobes.
Answer:
Epipetalous

Question 28.
Stamens are united by their anthers while filaments are free.
Answer:
Syngenesious

Question 29.
Both filaments and anthers are united throughout their length.
Answer:
Synandrous

Question 30.
Condition of stamens in which the first whorl is alternating with sepals and the second whorl is alternating with petals.
Answer:
Alterniphyllous

Question 31.
Syncarpous ovary, two or more chambers, centrally placed placenta bearing ovules (Name the type of placentation).
Answer:
Axile

Question 32.
In a flower out of four stamens two are outer and shorter and two are inner and longer. What is the condition known as?
Answer:
Didynamous

Question 33.
Monocarpellary gynoecium in which the placenta develops along the fused margin of the carpel. (Name the type of placentation).
Answer:
Marginal

Question 34.
Type of racemose inflorescence found in Tridax.
Answer:
Capitulum

Question 35.
Type of cymose inflorescence found in Ixora.
Answer:
Biparous or dicharial cyme

Question 36.
(a) Which is the edible part of Orange?
Answer:
Juicy endocarp and placental hairs

(b) Which is the edible part of Cashew nut?
Answer:
Cotyledons, fleshy thallamus

(c) Which part of the Jackfruit is edible?
Answer:
Fleshy axis

(d) Which is the edible part in Coconut?
Answer:
endosperm

(e) In which fruit fleshy aril is edible?
Answer:
Litchi

(f) Which is the edible part in Mango?
Answer:
Mesocarp

(g) Which is the edible part of Banana?
Answer:
Mesocarp and endocarp

(h) In Date-palm which is the edible part?
Answer:
Epicarp and mesocarp

(i) Which is the edible part in Grape?
Answer:
Pericarp and placenta

(j) Which mechanism helps the seeds of Amaranthus to disperse by wind?
Answer:
Anemophily

True-False Type

Question 1.
Roots are negatively geotropic.
Answer:
False

Question 2.
Tap root develops from radicle.
Answer:
True

Question 3.
Root hairs are multicellular.
Answer:
False

Question 4.
The root of Tinospora can manufacture its own food by photosynthesis.
Answer:
True

Question 5.
Usually the root bears the buds.
Answer:
False

Question 6.
Cuscuta is an example of epiphytic root.
Answer:
False

Question 7.
Carrot is an adventitious root modification.
Answer:
False

Question 8.
Pneumatophores provide support to the plant.
Answer:
False

Question 9.
The stem ends in an axillary bud.
Answer:
False

Question 10.
Stem hairs are multicellular.
Answer:
True

Question 11.
Branches are endogenous in origin.
Answer:
True

Question 12.
Offset is an underground stem modification.
Answer:
False

Question 13.
Floral bud is modified into tendril in Passiflora.
Answer:
True

Question 14.
Tendrilar stipules are seen in Smilax.
Answer:
True

Question 15.
Leaf tendril is modified to provide protection.
Answer:
False

Question 16.
Phyllode is a modified leaflet.
Answer:
False

Differentiate between

Question 1.
Thorn and spine
Answer:
The differences between spines and thorns are

Spines	Thorns
Spines are modification of leaves or parts of leaves.	Thorns are modification of branches.
They occupy the same position as the leaves and bear a bud in their axil.	They are formed in the axil of the leaves in place of a bud.
Function include protection (defense) and also prevent excessive transpiration.	Function include protection (defense) and also serves as a climbing organ of the plant.
It is not deeply seated and may not be connected with vascular tissues.	Deeply seated and has connection with vascular tissues.
Spines are exogenous in origin i.e. formed from tissue present externally.	Thorns are endogenous in origin i.e. formed from deeply seated tissue of the plant.
ex. Opuntia, Agave	ex. Carissa, Duranta

Question 2.
Stem tuber and root tuber
Answer:
Differences between stemand root tuber are

Stem Tuber	Root Tuber
It is a swollen underground stem	It is swollen root
Apical bud is present	Apical bud is absent
Presence of nodes and internodes	Nodes and internodes are absent
On exposure to sunlight, stem tubers may develop chlorophyll.	No development of chlorophyll
Scaly leaves and auxiliary buds are present.	Scaly leaves and auxiliary buds are absent.

Question 3.
Phylloclade and phyllode
Answer:
Differences between phylloclade and phyllode are

Phylloclade	Phyllode
It is the modification of stem	It is the modification of petiole
It develops in the axil of leaf	It has a bud in its axil which develops into a branch
It has nodes and flowers	It does not have nodes and flowers
Modified leaves are present in the form of spines and scales on its nodes.	It does not have spines and scales, as it is the modification of petiole.

Question 4.
Bulb and bulbil
Answer:
Differences between bulb and bulbil are

Bulb	Bulbil
It is a modified underground stem.	It is a modified aerial stem.
It is small cone or disc-like structure.	It is a multicellular and globular structure.
It is a condensed shoot.	A vegetative or floral bud in the axil of a leaf is modified into bulbil.
It contains concentric whorls of fleshy scales covered by few dried scales. Lateral buds are present in  the axil of fleshy leaves and terminal buds at the apex.	It contains few buds which give rise to aerial shoot.

Question 5.
Sucker and sucking root
Answer:
Differences between suker and sucking root or haustoria are

Sucker	Sucking Root or Haustoria
It arises from the basal, underground part of the main stem.	These are a leafless, non-green and parasitic plant, always growing in association with other plant.
It grows horizontally for a distance under the soil and then emerges obliquely upwards.	The parasites penetrate the small adventitious rootlets into the tissue of the host so that there is connection between the conducting systems of the two plants.
It develops a leafy shoot and adventitious roots before separating from the mother plant.	This is the channel through which food is sucked in by the parasite from the host.
e.g. Chrysanthemum	e.g. Cuscuta

Question 6.
Stem tendril and leaf tendril
Answer:
Differences between stem and leaf tendril are

Stem Tendril	Leaf Tendril
Stem tendrils are shoots that grow out of stem.	Leaf tendrils are modified leaves that emerges from leaf node.
These are modified shoot.	These may be modified leaves, leaflets, leaf tips or leaf stipule.
e.g.grapes	e.g.peas

Question 7.
Compound leaf and branch
Answer:
Differences between compound leaf and branch are:

Branch	Compound Leaf
It does not bear axillary bud in its axil.	It bears axillary bud in its axil.
It contains terminal buds.	It does not contain terminal bud.
Axillary buds are present in the axil of leaf branch.	Axillary bud is absent in the axil of leaflet.
Nodes and internodes are present	Nodes and internodes are absent.

Question 8.
Monoecious and dioecious
Answer:
Differences btween monoecious and dioecious plants are

Monoecious Plants	Dioecious Plants
Monoecious plants have both male and female flowers on the same species.	Dioecious plants produce . male and female flowers on different species.
Monoecious plants may pollinate itself.	Dioecious plants requires a partner to achieve pollination.
e.g. Oak tree, etc.	e.g. Asparagus, etc.

Question 9.
Zygomorphy and actinomorphy
Answer:
Differences between zygomorpy and actinomorphy are

Zygomorphy	Actinomorphy
Flowers that are bilaterally symmetrical so that they are able to be bisected into similar halves in only one plane, forming mirror images.	Flowers that are radially symmetrical so that they can be bisected into similar halves in more than one vertical plane, forming mirror images.
e.g. Gladiolus flower can be bisected into similar halves in only one vertical plane.	e.g. Romulea rosea flower can be bisected into similar halves in three different vertical planes.

Question 10.
Monochlamydous and dichlamydous
Answer:
Differences between monochlamydeous and dichlamydeous are

Monochlamydeous	Dichlamydeous
It is a flower having a single instead of a double perianth.	It is a flower having double perianth.
Flower may have a calyx without a corolla or possibly a corolla without a calyx.	Flower has both a calyx and a corolla.
e.g. Oak, walnuts, etc.	e.g. maples, horse chestnut, etc.

Question 11.
Isomerous and heteromerous
Answer:
Differences between isomerous and heteromerous are

Isomerous	Heteromerous
It is a flower which has equal number of parts in each whorl or are its multiple.	It is the flower which has different number of parts in each whorl or are not its multiple.
e.g. Bimerous, Trimerous sunflower, flowers	e.g. China rose, sunflower, rose etc.

 

Odisha State Board CHSE Odisha Class 11 Biology Solutions Chapter 4 Classification of Animal Kingdom Textbook Questions and Answers.

CHSE Odisha 11th Class Biology Chapter 4 Question Answer Classification of Animal Kingdom

Classification of Animal Kingdom Class 11 Questions and Answers CHSE Odisha

Very Short Answer Type Questions

Multiple choice questions

Question 1.
Spicules are present in the animals of the phylum
(a) Porifera
(b) Annelida
(c) Coelenterata
(d) Platyhelminthes
Answer:
(a) Porifera

Question 2.
What is common to fishes, amphibians and reptiles?
(a) Scales
(b) Shelled egg
(c) Eggs
(d) Gills
Answer:
(d) Gills

Question 3.
Dolphin belongs to
(a) Amphibia
(b) Mammalia
(c) Pisces
(d) Reptilia
Answer:
(b) Mammalia

Question 4.
Sea horse belongs to
(a) Amphibia
(b) Aves
(c) Pisces
(d) Mammal
Answer:
(c) Pisces

Question 5.
Hair is absent in the mammalian order
(a) Cetacea
(b) Chiroptera
(c) Primates
(d) Rodentia
Answer:
(a) Cetacea

Question 6.
Asexual reproduction through gemmule formation takes place in
(a) Arthropoda
(b) Coelenterata
(c) Porifera
(d) Platyhelminthes
Answer:
(c) Porifera

Question 7.
Which one of the following is a freshwater sponge?
(a) Euplactella
(b) Hyalonema
(c) Spongilla
(d) Sycon
Answer:
(c) Spongilla

Question 8.
One of the following is not radially symmetrical.
(a) Hydra
(b) Sea cucumber
(c) Snail
(d) Starfish
Answer:
(c) Snail

Question 9.
Which one of the following is bilaterally symmetrical?
(a) Jelly fish
(b) Nematode
(c) Starfish
(d) Sea Urchin
Answer:
(b) Nematode

Question 10.
Which of the following sets belong to class-Cyclostomata?
(a) Amphioxus and Herdmania
(b) Amphioxus and Balanoglossus
(c) Petromyzon and Amphioxus
(d) Petromyzon and Myxine
Answer:
(d) Petromyzon and Myxine

Question 11.
Annelides are
(a) triploblastic
(b) radially symmetrical
(c) pseudocoelomate
(d) unsegmented
Answer:
(a) triploblastic

Question 12.
Warts are present in
(a) Amphibia
(b) Mammalia
(c) Pisces
(d) Reptilia
Answer:
(d) Reptilia

Question 13.
What type of worms are the Platyhelminth?
(a) Blind worm
(b) Flat worm
(c) Round worm
(d) Thread worm
Answer:
(b) Flat worm

Question 14.
In which of the following animals, a canal system is present?
(a) Hydra
(b) Starfish
(c) Sponge
(d) Earthworm
Answer:
(c) Sponge

Question 15.
The most highly advanced character in crocodile is
(a) four-chambered heart
(b) powerful jaws
(c) shelled eggs
(d) thecodont dentition
Answer:
(a) four-chambered heart

Question 16.
In which animal group, syrinx is present?
(a) Aves
(b) Pisces
(c) Amphibia
(d) Reptilia
Answer:
(a) Aves

Question 17.
Planaria, Taenia and Fasciola are
(a) segmented
(b) coelomates
(c) flatworms
(d) radially symmetrical
Answer:
(c) flatworms

Question 18.
Which of the following groups has largest number of species?
(a) Aves
(b) Protozoa
(c) Insecta
(d) Mammalia
Answer:
(c) Insecta

Question 19.
Find out the diploblastic animal
(a) Ohelia
(b) Earthworm
(c) Nereis
(d) Liverfluke
Answer:
(a) Ohelia

Question 20.
In which phylum nematocysts are present?
(a) Arthropoda
(b) Annelida
(c) Mollusca
(d) Coelenterata
Answer:
(d) Coelenterata

Question 21.
What type of larva is seen in Coelenterata?
(a) Planula
(b) Trochophore
(c) Tadpole
(d) Redia
Answer:
(a) Planula

Question 22.
Which of the following animal group belongs to Acoelomata?
(a) Annelida
(b) Arthropoda
(c) Echinodermata
(d) Platyhelminthes
Answer:
(d) Platyhelminthes

Question 23.
Which one is a pseudocoelomate?
(a) Ascaris
(b) Cockroach
(c) Starfish
(d) Hydra
Answer:
(d) Hydra

Question 24.
Which one is the intermediate host of Fasciola hepatica?
(a) Cow
(b) Man
(c) Pig
(d) Snail
Answer:
(a) Cow

Question 25.
Sexual dimorphism is seen in which phylum?
(a) Coelenterata
(b) Nemathelminthes
(c) Platyhelminthes
(d) Porifera
Answer:
(b) Nemathelminthes

Question 26.
In which animal the systemic aorta is seen only on the right side?
(a) Frog
(b) Crocodile
(c) Pigeon
(d) Man
Answer:
(c) Pigeon

Question 27.
In which animal systemic aorta is present only on the left side?
(a) Frog
(b) Crocodile
(c) Pigeon
(d) Man
Answer:
(d) Man

Question 28.
Viviparity is not seen in which animal?
(a) Bat
(b) Platypus
(c) Monkey
(d) Whale
Answer:
(b) Platypus

Question 29.
In which of the following phyla, compound eyes are present?
(a) Annelida
(b) Arthropoda
(c) Echinodermata
(d) Mollusca
Answer:
(b) Arthropoda

Question 30.
Pentamerous radial symmetry is seen in which phylum?
(a) Arthopoda
(b) Annelida
(c) Mollusca
(d) Echinodermata
Answer:
(d) Echinodermata

Question 31.
Which one is not an acraniata (acrania)?
(a) Herdmnia
(b) Balanoglossus
(c) Amphioxus
(d) Petromyzon
Answer:
(a) Herdmnia

Question 32.
What type of scale is present in cartilaginous fishes?
(a) Cycloid
(b) Ctenoid
(c) Placoid
(d) Ganoid
Answer:
(c) Placoid

Question 33.
Which class of animals is not marine?
(a) Amphibia
(b) Fishes
(c) Mammalia
(d) Reptilia
Answer:
(c) Mammalia

Question 34.
Class-Aves includes animals with
(a) scales
(b) feathers
(c) hair
(d) smooth skin
Answer:
(b) feathers

Question 35.
Lizards are included in which class?
(a) Pisces
(b) Amphibia
(c) Reptilia
(d) Mammalia
Answer:
(c) Reptilia

Question 36.
Which one is a homeothermic animal?
(a) Shark
(b) Lung fish
(c) Cat fish
(d) Dolphin
Answer:
(d) Dolphin

Question 37.
Which one is a poikilothermic animal?
(a) Crocodile
(b) Seal
(c) Pigeon
(d) Whale
Answer:
(a) Crocodile

Question 38.
Whales are included in the same class as that of
(a) Alligator
(b) Dog fish
(c) Monkeys
(d) Sea horse
Answer:
(c) Monkeys

Question 39.
Body temperature is regulated at a constant rate in
(a) Cow
(b) Earthworm
(c) Frog
(d) Snake
Answer:
(a) Cow

Question 40.
A distinguishing character of chordates is
(a) feather
(b) hairy skin
(c) notochord
(d) stomochord
Answer:
(c) notochord

Question 41.
The Chief distinguishing feature of a mammal is
(a) pinnae and teeth
(b) hairy skin and oviparity
(c) hairy skin and mammary gland
(d) mammary gland and teeth
Answer:
(d) mammary gland and teeth

Question 42.
Which of the following is not an insect?
(a) Earwig
(b) Head louse
(c) Spider
(d) Silver fish
Answer:
(c) Spider

Question 43.
Prawns, shrimps and lobsters belong to which class of the Arthropoda?
(a) Arachnida
(b) Crustacea
(c) Insecta
(d) Myriapoda
Answer:
(b) Crustacea

Question 44.
The animals of which phylum are aerial, aquatic and terrestrial.
(a) Annelida
(b) Arthropoda
(c) Echinodermata
(d) Mollusca
Answer:
(b) Arthropoda

Question 45.
The most important character of a mammal’is
(a) A four chamber heart
(b) Presence of corpus callosum
(c) Presence of metanephric kidney
(d) Presence of thecodont teeth
Answer:
(d) Presence of thecodont teeth

Question 46.
Find out the odd member in the group.
(a) Crocodile
(b) Dolphin
(c) Lizard
(d) Turtle
Answer:
(b) Dolphin

Question 47.
Echinoderms are exclusively
(a) esturiarine
(b) marine
(c) pond living
(d) riverine
Answer:
(b) marine

Question 48.
Which one is a true terrestrial animal?
(a) Frog
(b) Salamander
(c) Tortoise
(d) Toad
Answer:
(c) Tortoise

Question 49.
The genus of midwife toad to
(a) Alytes
(b) Rhacophorus
(c) Hyla
(d) Pipa
Answer:
(a) Alytes

Question 50.
A rabbit shows resemblance with a frog in
(a) nucleated RBC
(b) dorsal tubular nerve cord
(c) oval RBC
(d) renal portal system
Answer:
(a) nucleated RBC

Answer each of the following in one word or more words, wherever necessary

Question 1.
Give an example of a diploblastic animal.
Answer:
Sycon

Question 2.
What is the term used for summer sleep?
Answer:
Aestivation

Question 3.
What is the term used for winter sleep?
Answer:
Hibernation

Question 4.
What is the alternative name for cold-blooded animals?
Answer:
Poikilotherms

Question 5.
What is the alternative name for warm-blooded animals?
Answer:
Homeotherms

Question 6.
In which invertebrate phylum carapace is present?
Answer:
Arthropoda

Question 7.
In which phylum medusa is present?
Answer:
Coelentrata

Question 8.
In which non-chordate phylum flame cells are present?
Answer:
Platyhelminthes

Question 9.
In which phylum mantle is present?
Answer:
Mollusca

Question 10.
What are the excretory organs of annelids knows as?
Answer:
Nephridia

Question 11.
What is the free floating form of coelenterates known as?
Answer:
Medusa

Question 12.
What is the name of stinging cell of coelenterates?
Answer:
Nematocyst

Question 13.
What is the symmetry of Pilal
Answer:
Bilateral symmetry

Question 14.
Which animals communicate by pheromones?
Answer:
Insects

Question 15.
Name an egg-laying mammal.
Answer:
Platypus

Question 16.
Which jawless chordate suck blood from the fishes?
Answer:
Cyclostomes

Question 17.
Which phylum do sponges belong to?
Answer:
Porifera

Question 18.
Which phylum does the jelly fish belong to?
Answer:
Coelentrates

Question 19.
Which one is the largest phylum (in terms of number of species) of the animal kingdom?
Answer:
Arthropoda

Question 20.
The animals of which phylum are exclusively marine?
Answer:
Echinodermata

Question 21.
Which class does the blue whale belong to?
Answer:
Mammalia

Question 22.
Which class the sea horse belongs to?
Answer:
Pisces

Question 23.
Dinosaurs belong to which class?
Answer:
Reptilia

Question 24.
Newts and salamanders belong to which class of animals?
Answer:
Amphibia

Question 25.
Which class does the Platypus belong to?
Answer:
Mammalia

Question 26.
Bats belong to which class?
Answer:
Mammalia

Question 27.
Which phylum do the corals belong to ?
Answer:
Coelentrates

Question 28.
Name the phylum and class of pigeon.
Answer:
Phylum-Chordata ; Class -Aves

Question 29.
Crocodiles belong to which class?
Answer:
Reptilia

Question 30.
To which phylum the scorpions belong?
Answer:
Arthropoda

Question 31.
Name the phylum and class of Octopus.
Answer:
Phylum-Mollusca; Class-Cephalopoda

Question 32.
Ascaris belongs to which phylum?
Answer:
Nemathelminthes

Match the Words of Column I with those of Column II.

Question 1.

I.	II.
Hydra	i. Round worm
Millipede	ii. Arthropods
Ascaris	iii. Crustacea
Sea urchin	iv. Segmented worm
Leech	v. Cnidaria
	vi. Echinodermata

Answer:

I.	II.
Hydra	v. Cnidaria
Millipede	ii. Arthropods
Ascaris	i. Round worm
Sea urchin	vi. Echinodermata
Leech	iv. Segmented worm

Question 2.

I.	II.
A. Limbless reptile	i. Lamprey
B. Jawless vertebrate	ii. Salamander
C. Amphibian	iii. Snake
D. Cartilaginous fish	iv. Shark
E. Flightless bird	v. Ostrich

Answer:

I.	II.
A. Limbless reptile	iii. Snake
B. Jawless vertebrate	i. Lamprey
C. Amphibian	ii. Salamander
D. Cartilaginous fish	iv. Shark
E. Flightless bird	v. Ostrich

Question 3.

I	II
A. Coral	i. Placoid scale
B. Echindna	ii. Monotremata
C. Crab	iii. Mollusca
D. Octopus	iv. Coelenterata
E. Sexual dimorphism	v. Amphibia
F. Cartilaginous fish	vi. Nematoda
	vii. Radial symmetry
	viii. Crustacea

Answer:

I	II
A. Coral	iv. Coelenterata
B. Echindna	vii. Radial symmetry
C. Crab	viii. Crustacea
D. Octopus	iii. Mollusca
E. Sexual dimorphism	vi. Nematoda
F. Cartilaginous fish	i. Placoid scale

Short Answer Type Questions

Answer each within 50 words

Question 1.
What do you mean by cellular grade of organisation?
Answer:
In this level, the body shows some division of labour among cells. They are remarkably independent and can change their form and function. It is found in sponges. The body consists of many cells arranged as loose cell aggregates but, the cells do not form tissues rather each cell is functionally active independently, e.g. Hydra.

Question 2.
What is metamerism?
Answer:
Metamerism The body is divided into segments or metamers by ring-like grooves called anuli. The segmentation is external as well as internal.

Question 3.
What is an archaeocyte? What is its function?
Answer:
Archaecocytes are the embryonic undifferentiating cells of the mesenchyme in Porifera. These can differentiate into any of the adult cell types.

Question 4.
Why is the name of the phylum to which Hydra belongs, is Coelenterata?
Answer:
Coelentrata means hollow intestine, i.e. (Koilos: hollow; enteron: intestine). In Hydra, anus is absent and there is only one gastrovascular cavity present in the body.

Question 5.
Explain the meaning of Parazoa.
Answer:
Parazoa includes multicellular animals, but the cells do not exhibit cell-cell cooperation. Animals are diploblastic, canal system is present, digestive cavity is absent.

Question 6.
Which germ layer is the coelom derived from? How many types of coelom are there?
Answer:
Coelom is derived from mesoderm. There are two types of coelom-Pseudocoelom and Eucoelom.

Question 7.
In which phylum, neoblasts are present? What is their function?
Answer:
Neoblast cells are found in Platyhelminthes. They can differentiate into any other kind of cell.

Question 8.
Explain about sexual dimorphism in Ascaris.
Answer:
In Ascaris, sexes are separate. The females are longer than males to aid copulation.

Question 9.
Ennumerate three important characters of the phylum-Arthropoda.
Answer:

Important characters of the Phylum-Arthropoda

1. Habitat and Habit They may be aquatic or terrestrial. They may occur, as free-living or parasitic forms, e.g. bed bugs, ticks, mosquitoes, etc.
2. Body Parts Body is segmented externally. It has distinct head, thorax and abdomen. Head bears many fused segments and sense organs.
3. Symmetry and Body Organisation Arthropods are bilaterally symmetrical. They are triploblastic with organ system level of organisation.

Question 10.
Explain about enterocoelic coelom.
Answer:
Enterocoelic coelom originates as pouches from the endoderm. The animals possessing it are called deuterostomes. In these animals blastopore forms the anus, e.g. echinodermata, chordata.

Question 11.
Despite being radially symmetrical, echinoderms are included in the division-Bilatria. Give reasons.
Answer:
Echinoderms possess pentamerous radial symmetry. This symmetry is considered as secondary symmetry. The primary symmetry is bilateral which occur in their larval form. Hence, they are included in the grade bilatria.

Question 12.
Describe about amphibious breathing habit in Pila?
Answer:
Pila possess both lungs and gills (ctenidia). They can carry out respiration both in water (through gills) and land (through pulmonary sac). Hence, they possess amphibious breathing habit.

Question 13.
Ennumerate three important chordate characters.
Answer:
Retrogressive Metamorphosis The larva possess advanced characters which are lost during the development. Adult is either sedentary or degenerated with primitive characters.
For characteristics of chordates.

Question 14.
What is retrogressive metamorphosis?
Answer:
Animals belonging to phylum-Chordata are fundamentally characterised by the presence of a notochord, a dorsal hollow nerve cord and paired pharyngeal gill slits. These are bilaterally symmetrical, triploblastic, coelomate animals with organ system level of organisation. They possess a post-anal tail and a closed circulatory system.

Question 15.
Name two structures in the pharynx of Amphioxus, which fulfil the filter feeding mechanism.
Answer:
Endostyle and dorsal lamina in the pharynx of Amphioxus facilitate ciliary or filter feeding.

Question 16.
Distinguish Agnatha from Gnathostomata in two important features.
Answer:

Agnatha	Gnathostomata
(a) Jaws are absent	Jaws are present
(b) Paired fins are absent	Paired fins are present
e.g. Cyclostomata	e.g. Pisces.

Question 17.
Explain the meaning of Cyclostomata.
Answer:
Cylostomata means circular mouth. Mouth is not guarded by jaws and hence remain open all the time, e.g. Myxine.

Question 18.
What is a paired fin? How many paired fins are present in a fish? Name them.
Answer:
Paired fins are the pectoral and pelvic fins, corresponding to the fore and hindlimbs of higher animals. In fishes two pairs of paired fins are present namely pectoral and pelvic.

Question 19.
What is a living fossil? Name one living fossil among fishes.
Answer:
Living fossil is an organism that has remained unchanged from earlier geologic times and whose close relatives are usually extinct. Among fishes Latimeria chalumnae is a living fossil.

Question 20.
Rat fish connects cartilaginous fishes and bony fishes. Explain.
Answer:
Ratfish (a chondrichthyes) have an operculum, a hard bony layer of tissue covering the gills which is found in many bony fishes, but absent in all other chondrichthyes. Hence, it connects cartilaginous fishes with bony fishes.

Question 21.
What is the function of lateral line system?
Answer:
Laternal line system functions as a rheoreceptor, i.e. it detects the direction of water current by perceining vibrations.

Question 22.
What is the basis of division of Tetrapoda into Anamniota and Amniota?
Answer:
Tetrapoda is divided into Anamniota and Amniota based on the absence or presence of extra-embryonic membranes (amnion, chorion, yolk sac and allantois).

Question 23.
Explain the meaning of Tetrapoda.
Answer:
Tetrapoda means the presence of four foot including a pair a forelimbs and a pair of hindlimbs.

Question 24.
Frogs and toads belong to the class-Amphibia. Give one reason.
Answer:
Frogs and toads can breath both in water and in land. Hence, they belong to the class-Amphibia.

Question 25.
Explain neoteny and paedogenesis.
Answer:
Neoteny – Prolongation of larval life.
Paedogenesis – Attainment of sexual maturity during larval life.

Question 26.
What is a pentadactyl limb?
Answer:
Pentadactyl limbs means presence of five digits or fingers.

Question 27.
What is the basis of division of the class-Reptilia into four subclasses?
Answer:
Class-Reptilia is divided into four subclasses based on the absence or presence of temporal fossae and if present, the number of temporal fossae.

Question 28.
Give the scientific names of three crocodiles found in Orissa.
Answer:
Three crocodiles found in Orissa are

• Gavialis gangeticus (Gharial)
• Crocodilus palustris (Mugger)
• Crocodilus porosus (Marsh Crocodile)

Question 29.
Ennumerate three identifying features of common cobra.
Answer:
Identifying features of common cobra

• Length around 5.5 feet.
• Broad hood, a spectacle most behind the hood.
• Cuneate scale is present, occipital scales absent.
• Lay eggs in holes and crevices.

Question 30.
Give the scientific names of two types of Kraits.
Answer:

• Common Krait – Bungarus coeruleus.
• Banded Krait – Bungarus fasciatus.

Question 31.
What is Archaeopteryx? Enlist four of its important characters.Answer:
Answer:
Archaeopteryx is a fossil and a connecting link between reptiles and aves. Its characteristics involves

• Teeth present in the beak.
• Wings with clawed digits.
• Bipedal locomotion.
• Forelimbs modified into wings.

Question 32.
Give the common names of two fightless birds
Answer:
Flightless birds are ostrich and peacock.

Question 33.
Name two egg laying mammals.
Answer:
Platypus and spiny ant eaters are egg laying mammals.

Question 34.
Kangaroo is known as a marsupial mammal. Why?
Answer:
Kangaroo possess a marsupium for the nourishment of the young ones. Hence, it is called marsupial mammal.

Question 35.
Name two mammals possessing nucleated erythrocytes.
Answer:
Camel and rabbit possess nucleated RBCs.

Question 36.
What do you understand by oviparous and viviparous?
Answer:

Oviparous	Viviparous
Egg laying animals.	Give birth to young ones.
e.g. fishes, reptiles.	e.g. Humans.

Question 37.
What is the type of body plan in Hydra?
Answer:
Body plan in Hydra

• Tissue grade of organisation.
• Diploblastic animals with outer ectoderm.
• Radially symmetrical.

Question 38.
What is the type of body plan in sponges?
Answer:
Body plan in sponges

• Cellular grade of organisation,
• Diloblastic with outer pinacoderm and inner choanoderm.
• Radially symmetrical.

Question 39.
What is the type of body plan in flat worms?
Answer:
Body plan in flatworms

• Incipiently triploblastic.
• Bilaterally symmetrical.
• Organ system grade of organisation.

Question 40.
What is the type of body plan in nematodes?
Answer:
Body plan in nematodes

• Organ system grade of organisation.
• Triploblastic with pseudocoelom and syncytial ectoderm.
• Bilaterally symmetrical.

Question 41.
What is the type of body plan in earthworm?
Answer:
Body plan in earthworm

• Truly triploblastic with schizocoelom.
• Body is metamerically segmented.
• Bilaterally symmetrical.

Differentiate between two words in the following pairs of words

Question 1.
Homoiothermic and Poikilothermic
Answer:
Differences between homeothermic and poikilothermic are

Homeothermic	Poikilothermic
Body temperature remains constant.	Body temperature varies with environment.
Warm-blooded.	Cold-blooded.
Possess a thermoregulatory centre in body, e.g. birds, mammals.	Do not possess thermoregulatory centre in body, e.g. pisces, reptiles.

Question 2.
Urochordata and Cephalochordata
Answer:
Differences between Urochordata and Cephalochordata are

Urochordates	Cephalochordates
Notochord is present only in the tail of the larva.	Notochord extend the entire length of the body.
Notochord disappear in the adults.	Notochord persists throughout the life.
Coelom is absent.	A true enterocoelus coelom is present.
e.g. Salpa, Doliolum.	e.g. Branchiostoma.

Question 3.
Amphibia and Reptilia
Answer:
Differences between amphibia and reptilia are

Amphibia	Reptilia
Body is divisible into head and trunk.	Body is divisible into head, neck, trunk and tail.
Skin is smooth, moist highy glandular.	Skin is dry, rough and non-glandular.
Skull is dioondylic.	Skull is monocondylic.
12 pairs of cranial nerves present.	10 pairs of cranial nerves present.
e.g. Salamandra Bufo, etc.	e.g. Draco, Naja, etc.

Question 4.
Agnatha and Gnathostomata
Answer:
Differences between agnatha and gnathostomata are

Agnatha	Gnathostomata
Jawless vertebrates.	Jawed vertebrates.
Paired appendages are absent.	Paired appendages are present.
Single external nostril present.	A pair of external nostrils present.
Internal ear with two semicircular canals.	Internal ear with three semicircular canals.
e.g. Animals belonging to class-Cyclostomata.	e.g. Animals belonging to class-Pises to Mammalia.

Question 5.
Plathyelminthes and Nemathelminthes
Answer:
Differences between plathyelminthes and nemathelminthes are

Platyhelminthes	Nemathelminthes
Commonly called flat	Commonly called round worms.
Acoelomates.	Pseudocoelomates.
Hermaphrodite.	Sexes are separate.
Excretion by flame cells.	Excretion by H-shaped excretory canal.

Question 6.
Chondrichthyes and Osteichthyes
Answer:
Differences between Chondrichthyes and Osteichthyes are

Chondrichthyes (Cartilaginous fishes)	Osteichthyes (Bony fishes)
They are always marine.	They may be marine or fresh water.
Skin is covered by small placoid scales.	Skin is covered with large cycloid or gonoid or ctenoid scales.
Endoskeieton is cartilaginous.	Endoskeieton is partly or wholly bony.
Gill slits are not covered by gill covers.	Gill slits are covered by gill covers.
Mouth is ventral and intestine has scroll valve.	Mouth is anterior and intestine lacks scroll valve.
Swim bladder is absent.	Swim bladder is present.
Tail fin is asymmetrical (heterocercal).	Tail fin is symmetrical (homocercal).
Excretory matter is urea.	Excretory matter is ammonia.
They exhibit sexual dimorphism.	Sexual dimorphism is usually absent.
Mostly viviparous, e.g, sharks, rays, skates.	Usually oviparous, e.g. Labeo, Catla, sea horse.

Question 7.
Acraniata and Craniata
Answer:
Differences between acraniata and craniata are

Acraniata	Craniata
They are protochordates.	They are vertebrates.
Cranium and jaws are absent.	Cranium and jaws are present.
Include subphyla Hemichordata, Urochordata and Cephalochordata.	Include two divisions-agnatha and gnathostomata.
e.g. Herdmania, Amphioxus.	e.g. Petromyzon fish.

Question 8.
Chordata and Non-chordata
Answer:
Differences between chordates and non-chordates are

Chordates	Non-chordates
Notochord is present.	Notochord is not present.
Central nervous system is dorsal, hollow and single.	Central nervous system is ventral, solid and double.
Pharynx perforated by gill slits.	Gill slits are absent.
Heart is ventral.	Heart is dorsal (if present).
Post-anal part (tail) is present.	Post-anal tail is absent.

Question 9.
Annelida and Arthropoda
Answer:
Differences between annelida and arthropoda are

Annelida	Arthropoda
Body is metamerically segmented.	Body is segmented with joined appendages.
First body segment is peristomium.	First body segment is head.
Coelom is schizocoelom.	Coelom is Haemocoel.
Cutaneous respiration occurs.	Respiration occur by gills, trachea, book lungs.
Excretion by nephridia.	Excretion by malpighian tubules.

Question 10.
Gemmule and Spicule
Answer:
Differences between annelida and arthropoda are

Gemmule	Spicule
It is asexual reproductive body in sponges.	Form the supporting skeleton in sponges.
Formed of central archeocytes covered by thick layer.	Either calcareous or silicious in nature.

Question 11.
Lizard and Snake
Answer:
Differences between lizard and snake are

Lizards	Snakes
Two pairs of limbs are present.	Limbs are absent.
Scales are of uniform size.	Scales are differentiated-into plates and shields.
Eyelids are movable.	Eyelids are immovable.
Nictitating membrane is present.	Absent.
Tongue is not bifid.	It is protrusible and bifid.
Urinary bladder is present.	It is absent.
Jaw bones are fixed.	These are movable.

Question 12.
Protostomia and Deuterostomia
Answer:
Differences between lizard and snake are

Protostomia	Deuterostomia
During embryonic development, blastopore forms the mouth.	During embryonic development, blastopore forms the anus.
Nerve cord is ventral.	Nerve cord is dorsal.
Cleavage is spiral.	Cleavage is determinate.
e.g. flat worms, annelids.	e.g. echinoderms, chordates.

Question 13.
Eucoelomata and Pseudocoelomata
Answer:
Differences between Eucoelomata and Pseudocoelomata are

Eucoelomata	Pseudocoelomata
True coelom present.	False coelom present.
Coelom lined by mesoderm.	Coelom is not lined by mesoderm.
Arises as a cavity in the embryonic mesoderm.	Derived from blastocoel of embryo.
Internal organs are suspended in it.	Internal organs are not suspended in it.
e.g. Annelida.	e.g. Nemathelminthes.

Question 14.
Enterocoelic and Shcizocoelic coelom.
Answer:
Differences between enterocoelic and shcizocoelic coelom. are

Schizocoelic Coelom	Enterocoelic Coelom
The coelom is formed by the splitting of mesoderm bands.	The coelom is derived from the dorsolateral mesodermal pouches from the wall of the archenteron.
The mesoderm is derived from a source other than the archenteron.	The mesoderm is derived from the archenteric roof.
The mesodermal cells separate off from the endoderm early during development.	The mesodermal cells remain associated with the endoderm and separate off late during the embryonic development.
e.g,, Animals belonging to the phyla, Annelida, Arthropoda and Mollusca	e.g., Animals belonging to the phyla, Echinodermata, Hemichordata and Chordata

Question 15.
Cartilagineous fish and Bony fish
Answer:
Differences between cartilagineous fish and bony fish are

Chondrichthyes (Cartilagineous fishes)	Osteichthyes (Bony fishes)
They are always marine.	They may be marine or fresh water.
Skin is covered by small placoid scales.	Skin is covered with large cycloid or gonoid or ctenoid scales.
Endoskeieton is cartilaginous.	Endoskeieton is partly or wholly bony.
Gill slits are not covered by gill covers.	Gill slits are covered by gill covers.
Mouth is ventral and intestine has scroll valve.	Mouth is anterior and intestine lacks scroll valve.
Swim bladder is absent.	Swim bladder is present.
Tail fin is asymmetrical (heterocercal).	Tail fin is symmetrical (homocercal).
Excretory matter is urea.	Excretory matter is ammonia.
They exhibit sexual dimorphism.	Sexual dimorphism is usually absent.
Mostly viviparous, e.g, sharks, rays, skates.	Usually oviparous, e.g. Labeo, Catla, sea horse.

Question 16.
Marsupiale and Placentale
Answer:
Differences between marsupiale and placentale are

Marsupiale	Placentale
No internal placenta is present.	Internal placenta is present.
Females possess marsupial pouch.	No marsupial pouch is present.
They replace certain teeth only.	Possess two sets of teeth.
Low body temperature and basal metabotic rate.	High body temperature and basai metabotic rate.

 

Odisha State Board CHSE Odisha Class 11 Biology Solutions Chapter 3 Classification of Plant Kingdom Textbook Questions and Answers.

CHSE Odisha 11th Class Biology Chapter 3 Question Answer Classification of Plant Kingdom

Classification of Plant Kingdom Class 11 Questions and Answers CHSE Odisha

Very Short Answer Type Questions

Multiple choice type questions

Question 1.
Green algae possess
(a) chlorophyll-a, b
(b) chlorophyll-a, c
(c) chlorophyll-a, carotenes
(d) chlorophyll-6, carotenes
Answer:
(a) chlorophyll-a, b

Question 2.
Agar is obtained from
(a) Gelidium
(b) Riccia
(c) Spirogyra
(d) Laminaria
Answer:
(a) Gelidium

Question 3.
Colour of brown algae is due to
(a) carotenoids
(b) phycoerythrin
(c) phycocyanin
(d) fucoxanthin
Answer:
(d) fucoxanthin

Question 4.
The largest alga out of four of the following
(a) Spirogyra
(b) Fucus
(c) macrocystis
(d) Sargassum
Answer:
(c) macrocystis

Question 5.
The land plants that lack vascular tissue.
(a) Bryophyta
(b) Angiosperm
(c) Pteridophyta
(d) Cycads
Answer:
(a) Bryophyta

Question 6.
Sporophyte is fully dependent and parasitic on gametophytic body in
(a) bryophytes
(b) gymnosperms
(c) monocots
(d) dicots
Answer:
(a) bryophytes

Question 7.
Seedless vascular plants are the
(a) liverworts
(b) mosses
(c) ferns
(d) monocots
Answer:
(c) ferns

Question 8.
Multicellular branched rhizoids and leafy gametophytes are found in
(a) all pteridophytes
(b) bryophytes
(c) some pteridophytes
(d) gymnosperms
Answer:
(b) bryophytes

Question 9.
Smallest angiosperm is
(a) Striga
(b) Wolfia
(c) Eucalyptus
(d) Nicotiana
Answer:
(b) Wolfia

Question 10.
Which of the following algae is very rich in proteins?
(a) Ulothrix
(b) Chlorella
(c) Gelidium
(d) Oscillatoria
Answer:
(b) Chlorella

Question 11.
A seed plant having a palm-like habit is
(a) Pinus
(b) Gnetum
(c) Cycas
(d) Ginkgo
Answer:
(c) Cycas

Question 12.
Gymnosperms are characterised by
(a) small leaves
(b) fruits
(c) naked ovules
(d) ciliated sperms
Answer:
(c) naked ovules

Question 13.
The thallus of Riccia is
(a) triploid
(b) haploid
(c) diploid
(d) polyploid
Answer:
(b) haploid

Question 14.
Peat is formed by
(a) Riccia
(b) Anthoceros
(c) Sphagnum
(d) Funaria
Answer:
(c) Sphagnum

Question 15.
The sporophyte consisting of foot, seta and capsule is seen in
(a) Riccia
(b) Cycas
(c) Selaginella
(d) Funaria
Answer:
(d) Funaria

Choose the correct answer from the words given in bracket

Question 1.
One of the following is a vascular cryptogam.
(Bryophytes, Pteridophytes, Gymnosperms, Angiosperms)
Answer:
Pteridophytes

Question 2.
One of the following features of gymnosperms is seen among lower group of plants.
(Seed, Ovule, Archegonium, Nucellus)
Answer:
Archegonium

Question 3.
Haplontic life cycle pattern is seen in one of the following plant groups.
(Algae, Angiosperms, Gymnosperms, Bryophytes)
Answer:
Algae

Question 4.
In which of the following zygote does not give rise to embryo?
(Pteridophyte, Gymnosperms, Algae, Angiosperms)
Answer:
Algae

Question 5.
One of the following is a naked seeded plant.
(Angiosperms, Gymnosperms, Bryophytes, Algae)
Answer:
Gymnosperms

Fill in the blanks

Question 1.
Bog moss is a common name of …………. .
Answer:
Sphagnum

Question 2
………….. is the tallest angiosperms.
Answer:
Eucalyptus

Question 3.
Ferns contain underground stem called …………. .
Answer:
Rhizome

Question 4.
In red algae the reserved food is …………. .
Answer:
Floridean starch

Question 5.
The gymnosperms are ………… seeded plants
Answer:
Naked

Question 6.
The angiosperms are ………. seeded plants.
Answer:
Enclosed

Question 7.
Spirally arranged …………… constitute a cone.
Answer:
Micro and megasporophylls

Question 8.
Production of spores of different sizes is called ………….. .
Answer:
Heterospory

Question 9.
There is a single cotyledon in the embryo of …………. class of angiosperms.
Answer:
Monocotyledonous

Question 10.
Gametophytes and sporophytes are independent of each other in …………… .
Answer:
Pteridophytes

Short Answer Types Questions

Question 1.
Write notes on (explain briefly the following terms)
(i) Heter-ospory
(ii) Archegonium
(iii) Antheridium
(iv) Haplontic
(v) Diplontic
(vi) Sporophyll
(vii) Embryo sac
(viii) Isogamy
(ix) Double fertilisation
(x) Triple fusion
(xi) Protonema
Answer:
(i) Heterospory Phenomenon of producing spores of two different sizes.

(ii) Archegonium It is the female sex organ in bryophytes. It is a flask-shaped structure consisting of a basal venter containing egg and upper slightly elongated neck.

(iii) Antheridium It is the male sex organ in bryophytes which produces biflagellate antherozoids.

(iv) The dominant photosynthetic phase is a gametophyte produced by haploid spores. The gametophyte produces gametes by mitosis. The gametes fuse and produce a diploid zygote, that represents sporophytic generation. There sporophytes are dependent on gametophyte. Meiosis in the zygote results in formation of haploid spores. This kind of life cycle is called haplontic. Many algae such as Volvox, Spirogyra and Chlamydonwnas represent this pattern of life cycle. Plant life cycle Haplontic.

(v) Diplontio In this type, the diploid sporophyte is dominant. The multicellular diploid phase is called sporophyte. The gametophytic phase is represented by the single to few-celled haploid gametophyte. This kind of life cycle is termed as diplontic. All seed bearing plants, gymnosperms and angiosperms follow this pattern of life cycle. Fucus, an alga is diplontic.

(vi) Sporophyll These are spore bearing leaves in pteridophytes. In some cases they form distinct structures called strobilus (e.g. Selaginella) or compact cone (e.g. Equisetum).

(vii) Embryo sac Haploid cell containing structure in angiosperms. It consists of
(i) a three-celled egg apparatus,
(ii) three antipodal cells and
(iii) two polar nuclei.

(viii) Isogamylt is the process of fusion of similar gametes.

(ix) Double fertilisation In angiosperms, one male gamete fuses with the egg cell called syngamy to form a diploid zygote and other fuses with diploid secondary nucleus to form a triploid Primary Endosperm Nucleus (PEN). Because there are two fusions, this event is called double fertilisation.

(x) Triple fusion In angiosperm one of the male gamete fuses with diploid secondary nucleus to produce triploid primary endosperm nucleus.

(xi) Protonema Creeping, green, branched and frequently filamentous stage in bryophytes.

Differentiate between

Question 1.
Red algae and Brown algae
Answer:

Classes	Phaeophyceae	Rhodophyceae
Common Name	Brown algae	Red algae
Major pigments	Chlorophyll-a, c, fucoxanthin	Chlorophyli-a, d, phycoerythrin
Stored Food	Mannitol, Laminarin	Floridean starch
Cell Wall	Cellulose and algin	Cellulose, pectin and poly sulphate esters
Flagellar Number and Position of Insertions	2, unequal, lateral	Absent
Habitat	Fresh water (rare) brackish water, salt water (most)	Freshwater (some) brackish water, salt water (most)

Question 2.
Liverworts and Moss
Answer:

Liverworts	Mosses
They are dorsiventral.	They have radial symmetry,
Plants are thalloid or foliose.	Mosses are foliose.
Midrib is not present in leaves.	Leaves have unbranched midrib.
Rhizoids are unicellular and unbranched.	Rhizoids are multicellular and branched.
Plants bear scales.	Scales are absent in plants.
A conducting strand is absent.	A conducting strand is commonly present.
Sporophyte is differentiated in foot, seta and capsule.	It is not differentiated in foot, seta and capsule.
Capsule often possesses elaters.	Elaters are absent.
Dehiscence occurs through elaters.	Peristome performs this function.
A protonema stage is absent.	A juvenile protonema stage is present.

Question 3.
Bryophytes and Pteridophytes
Answer:

Bryophytes	Pteridophytes
The main plant body is gametophyte.	It is sporophyte.
These are non-vascular plants.	These are vascular plants.
Sporophyte is parasitic over gametophyte.	Sporophyte is independent of gametophyte.
Plant body can be thalius or foliose.	It is differentiated into stem, leaves and roots.
True stems and leaves are not present.	It has true stems and leaves.
Roots are absent, rhizoids are present.	Roots are present.
Sex organs are stalked.	Sex organs are sessile.
The wall of archegonial neck is 5-6 rowed.	The wall of archegonial neck is 4-rowed.

Question 4.
Syngamy and Triple fusion
Answer:

Syngamy	Triple fusion
Fusion of male one gamete with the egg cell.	Fusion of the one male gamete with diploid secondary nucleus.
It results in the formation of zygote(2n).	It results in the formation of triploid Primary Endosperm Nucleus(PEN) (3n).

Question 5.
Monocots and Dicots
Answer:

Monocots	Dicots
They contain one cotyledon.	They contain two cotyledons.
Leaves have parallel venation.	Leaves have reticulate venation.
Fibrous root system is present.	Tap root system is present.
Stomata are dumb-bell-shaped.	Stomata are kidney- shaped.
Vascular bundles are scattered.	Vascular bundles are arranged in rings.
Cambium Is absent.	Cambium is present.
Stems do not have concentric arrangement of tissue. A ground tissue is present.	Stems have concentric arrangement of tissue epidermis cortex, endodermis, pericycie, pith, etc.
Secondary growth is absent with some exception in stems.	These show secondary growth in stem.
Root has pith in its centre.	Root is generally devoid of pith.
Secondary growth is absent in roots with some exceptions.	Secondary growth occurs in roots.

Question 6.
Algae and Fungi
Answer:

Algae	Fungi
They are autotrophic.	They are heterotrophic.
Most forms are aquatic.	Most forms are terrestrial.
Cell wall is made up of cellulose.	Cell wall is made up of chitin.
Contain starch as stored food material.	Contain glycogen and oils as stored food material.

Long Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Describe the basis of classification and general characters of algae.
Answer:
Classification of Algae
Algae are divided into various classes based on pigmentation, type of stored food materials and kind of flagellation. The three main classes are Chlorophyceae, Phaeophyceae and Rhodophyceae.

1. Class-Chlorophyceae (Green Algae)
The members of Chlorophyceae are commonly called green algae. There are about 7000 species in this class.
The reserve food material is starch.
The characteristic features of Chlorophyceae are discussed below
(i) Habitat These are mostly marine forms, only some are freshwater. Chlorella can tolerate moderately warm waters. Snow dwelling forms are called cryophytes, e.g. Chlamydomonas nivalis, Scotiella, etc.

(ii) Cell Organisation Cell walls contain cellulose (inner layer) and pectose (outer layer) in most of the green algae. The chloroplasts may be discoid, plate-like, reticulate, cup-shaped, spiral or ribbon-shaped.
The chloroplasts contain photosynthetic pigments chlorophyll- a and b. Most of the members have one or more storage bodies called pyrenoids located in the chloroplasts. Pyrenoids contain protein besides starch.
Some algae may store food in the form of oil droplets also.

(iii) Thallus These are unicellular, colonial, coenocytic and multicellular forms. Unicellular green algae can be flagellate, (Chlamydomonas) or non-flagellate (Chlorella). Acetabularia (umbrella plant) has a single cell upto 10 cm long with distinction of nucleus containing rhizoid, elongated stalk and umbrella-like cap.
A colony for fixed number of individual cells (Volvox) is called coenobium. Coenocytic or siphonaceous thallus occurs in Caulerpa. Unbranched filamentous thallus in Ulothrix, Spirogyra heterotrichous in Stigeoclonium and parenchymatous in Ulva.

(iv) Reproduction The members of Chlorophyceae reproduce vegetatively, asexually and sexually by various methods. Vegetative reproduction occurs through cell division (unicellular forms), fragmentation, stolons, tubers, storage cells, etc. Asexual reproduction occurs by zoospores, aplanospores, hypnospores, akinetes and daughters colonies. Sexual reproduction may be isogamous, anisogamous or oogamous.

(v) Life Cycle It can be haplontic (e.g. Spirogyrai) diplontic (e.g. Cladophora) and haplodiplontic (e.g. Ulva)

2. Class-Phaeophyceae (Brown Algae):
The members of Phaeophyceae contain fucoxanthin pigment and include phycocolloid rich multicellular eukaryotic algae. Its common members are seaweeds called kelps. This class is comprised of about 2000 species.
(i) Habitat Brown algae are mostly marine. These are found mostly in colder seas or during cold seasons in tropical regions.

(ii) Size They range from simple branched, filamentous forms (Ectocarpus) to profusely branched forms as represented by kelps (Macrocystis).
These represent some of the largest algae, i.e. Macrocystis (40-100 m) and Nereocystis (20-30 m).

(iii) Cell Organisation All members are multicellular. Cell wall is composed of cellulose, pectose and phycocolloids. The cellulosic wall of vegetative cells is usually covered on the outside by a gelatinous coating of algin.

Brown algae (Phaeophyceae)

(iv) Thallus It is heterotrichous filament with both prostrate and upright branches (Ectocarpus). The parenchymatous structure is found in higher forms. The plant body of large forms often differentiated into holdfast (it usually attaches to the substratum) a stalk called the stipe and lamina (frond), which is photosynthetic. Conducting tubes or trumpet hyphae are present in larger brown algae or kelps. They help in conduction of food materials.

(v) Photosynthetic Pigments and Colour These include chlorophyll-a, c and carotenoids. They range in colour from olive green to various shades of brown depending upon the amount of the xanthophyll and fucoxanthin present in them.

(vi) Food Reserve It remains in the form of complex carbohydrates such as laminarin or mannitol.

(vii) Flagellation These contain heterokont flagellation with one smooth (whiplash) and other one tinsel flagella.

(viii) Reproduction Vegetative reproduction occurs through fragmentation (e.g. Sargassum), adventitious branches and stolons (e.g. Dictyotd).
Asexual reproduction by biflagellate zoospores, which are pear-shaped having two unequal laterally attached flagella.
Sexual reproduction occurs by isogamy, anisogamy and oogamy. Union of gametes may take place in water or within the oogonium (oogamous species). The gametes are pyriform (pear-shaped) and have two laterally attached flagella. ,

(ix) Life Cycle Isomorphic alternation of generations is found in some brown algae, e.g. Ectocarpus,
Dictyota. In many brown algae, the diploid , generation or phase is dominant. The haploid phase is either microscopic or represented by gametes only (e.g. Fucus).

Question 2.
Name plant group which bears archegonia and describe the characteristic features of first archegoniate land plant.
Answer:
Archegonia is found in bryophytes.
Bryophytes:
These include the various mosses and liverworts. These are non-vascular embryophytes, characterised by the presence of an independent gametophyte and parasitic sporophyte.
1. Habitat
Bryophytes commonly grow in moist, shaded areas in hills. These are also called amphibians of the plant kingdom because, these can live in soil, but are dependent on water for sexual reproduction.
Some bryophytes grow in diverse habitats, such as

• Aquatic, e.g. Riccia fluitans, Ricciocarpus, Riella
• Epiphyte, e.g. Radula, Dendroceros
• Saprophyte, e.g. Buxbaumia, Cryptothallus
• Dry habitats, e.g. Polytrichum
• Deserts, e.g. Tortula desertorum
• Dry rocks, e.g. Porella

2. Thallus Organisation
The plant body of bryophytes is more differentiated than that of algae. It is thallus-like, prostrate, erect and remain attached to the substratum by unicellular or multicellular rhizoids. Root, stem and leaves are not present on thallus.

3. Sex Organs
The main plant body is haploid that produces gametes, hence, it is called gametophyte. The sex organs in bryophytes are multicellular, the male sex organs in bryophytes is called antheridium (which produces biflagellate antherozoids) and the flask-shaped female sex organ is called archegonium (produces a single egg).

4. Reproduction
Sexual type of reproduction is common. The antherozoids are released into water where they come in contact with archegonium.

• Fertilisation It occurs inside the archegonium. The egg secretes a chemical which attracts spermatozoids. Sperms require a thin film of water for swimming and reaching the dehisced archegonium. One sperm fuses with an egg and produces a diploid zygote. Zygotes do not undergo reduction division immediately instead, they produce a multicellular body called sporophyte.
• Dependent Sporophyte The sporophyte is not free-living, it remains attached to the photosynthetic gametophyte for nourishment. Some cells of the sporophyte undergo reduction division (meiosis) to produce haploid spores. These spores germinate to produce gametophyte.
• Sporogonium The sporophyte of bryophytes is also called sporogonium because it is dependent on the gametophyte and is meant for producing spores.

5. Life Cycle
Bryophytes have heteromorphic alternation of generations. The gametophyte may be produced directly or through a first formed juvenile stage called protonema.

Antheridum, archegonium and lifecycle of Funaria (Moss) showing alternation of generations

Economic importance of Bryophytes:
Bryophytes in general are of little economic importance. But, several species have some uses.

1. Some mosses provide food for herbaceous mammals, birds and other animals.
2. Species of Sphagnum (a moss), provides peat that have long been used as fuel. It has the capacity to hold water as packing material for transshipment of living materials.
3. Mosses along with lichens are the first organisms to colonise rocks. Hence, these help in biological succession. They decompose rocks making the substrate suitable for the growth of higher plants.
4. Mosses form dense mats on the soil. They reduce the impact of falling raindrops and thus, prevent soil erosion.
5. Marchantia has medicinal properties to cure lungs and liver infections. It also has anti-tumour properties.

Question 3.
If both gymnosperms and angiosperms bear seeds, then why they are classified separately?
Answer:
Gymnosperms and angiosperms are classified separately although they both bear seeds because of following reason
(i) Ovules in gymnosperms are naked. In angiosperms, they are enclosed inside the ovary.
(ii) Wood is non-porous is gymnosperm, i.e. the vessels are absent.

Gymnosperms	Angiosperms
Megasporophylls are woody and there is no rolling of megasporophylls.	Magasporophylls are softer and rolled into ovary, style and stigma.
Ovules are exposed.	Ovules are enclosed in ovary.
Archegonia is present.	Archegonia is absent.
Pollen enters micropyle directly.	Pollen germinates on stigma, pollen tube passes through style to enter ovary.
Single fertilisation.	Double fertilisation
Endosperm is haploid and formed before fertilisation.	Endosperm is triploid and formed after fertilisation.
Seeds are exposed because there in no ovary, so no fruit formation.	Seeds are enclosed in a fruit which are formed after fertilisation.

Question 4.
What are gymnosperms? Describe their economic importance.
Answer:
The gymnosperms (Gymnos – naked; sperma – seeds) are plants in which the ovules are not enclosed by any ovary wall and remain exposed, both before and after fertilisation. These are small groups of seed plants which are represented by only 900 living species. Unlike bryophytes and pteridophytes, in gymnosperms, the male and the female gametophytes do not have an independent free-living existence. They remain within the sporangia retained on the sporophytes.

Economic Importance of Gymnosperms:

1. Seeds of Pinus gerardiana (chilgoza) are used as food after roasting. Some other edible gymnosperm plant parts are endosperm of Ginkgo, seed kernel of some Cycas and Gnetum, sago grains from stems of Cycas, etc.
2. Gymnosperms provide softwood for construction, plywood and paper industry.
3. Branches of gymnosperm trees are used as fuel.
4. Saw dust of conifers is used in making plastics and linoleum.
5. Resin is a semifluid secreted by special tubes of a number of conifers. It helps in sealing female cones after pollination, scale leaves around leaf bases and apical buds. Resin is distilled to obtain turpentine and resin. Turpentine is used for thinning paints, varnishes, etc., and resin is used for sealing joints of wheel, preparation of writing paper, oil, clothes, etc.
6. Ephedrine an antibiotic is obtained from Ephedra. It is used for curing respiratory problems and asthma.
7. Taxol is an anticancer drug obtained from Taxus.

Odisha State Board CHSE Odisha Class 11 Biology Solutions Chapter 2 Classification of Living World Textbook Questions and Answers.

CHSE Odisha 11th Class Biology Chapter 2 Question Answer Classification of Living World

Classification of Living World Class 11 Questions and Answers CHSE Odisha

A. Very Short Answer Type Questions

Fill in the blanks choosing appropriate answers given in the brackets.

Question 1.
In two kingdom system of classification _______ were ignored. (eukaryotes, plants, prokaryotes, animals)
Answer:
Prokaryotes

Question 2.
The major component of the cell wall of bacteria is _______. (peptidoglycan, cellulose, chitin, lipoprotein)
Answer:
Peptidoglycan

Question 3.
The core of the viruses are composed of _______ .(protein, carbohydrate, vitamins, nucleic acid)
Answer:
Nucleic acid

Question 4.
Fungi have _______ mode of nutrition. (absorptive, ingestive, autotrophic, epiphytic)
Answer:
Absorptive

Question 5.
Viruses are living because they grow and _______(respire, reproduce, recognise hosts, transmissible)
Answer:
Reproduce

Choose the correct answer from the words given in the brackets.

Question 6.
In two kingdom system, the status of one of the following type of organisms was ignored.
(Fungi, Bacteria, Bryophytes, Pteridophytes)
Answer:
Bacteria

Question 7.
Three-kingdom system of classification was proposed by
(Haeckel, Linnaeus, Whittaker, Copeland).
Answer:
Haeckel

Question 8.
One of the following components of viruses penetrate into the host cell
(protein, capsid, nucleic acid, carbohydrates)
Answer:
Nucleic acid

Question 9.
The character which separates plants from animals is the occurrence of (ribosome, nucleus, mitochondria, cell wall)
Answer:
Cell wall

Question 10.
Fungi show one of the following types of nutrition.
(Autotrophic, absorptive, ingestive, swallowing)
Answer:
Absorptive

B. Short Answer Type Questions

Write notes in 2 to 3 relevant and meaningful points.

Question 1.
Two kingdom system of classification
Answer:
Two Kingdom Classification System
Linnaeus (the father of taxonomy) divided all the living organisms into two kingdoms in 1758. These are Plantae and Animalia.

Question 2.
Three kingdom system of classification
Answer:
Three Kingdom Classification System
Ernst Haeckel in 1866, classified living organisms into three kingdoms – Plantae, Protista and Animalia. The new kingdom – Protista included all those organisms which lack the capability of tissue differentiation. These are algae, fungi, protozoans, bacteria and slime moulds. Later, kingdom – Protista was reserved only for unicellular organisms.
An outline of three kingdom system of classification is given below

Question 3.
Characteristic features of algae.
Answer:
Characteristic Features of Algae

• Algae are simple , thalloid, chlorophyll bearing (green), autotrophic and largely aquatic (both freshwater and marine) plant.
• Algae reproduce by vegetative, asexual and sexual methods.
• Their size ranges from unicellular microscopic forms like Chlamydomonas to colony forming forms Volvox and to filamentous forms like Ulothrix and Spirogyra.

Question 4.
Characteristic features of fungi.
Answer:
Characteristic Features of Fungi

• Fungi are uni or multicellular-achlorophyllous, spore bearing thallophytes.
• Their cell wall is made up of chitin.
• These are heterotrophic, may be saprophytic or parasitic.
• Fungi are generally multicellular, thread-like structures, branched in various patterns called mycelia. These constitute the thallus. Its individual branches are called hypha.

Question 5.
Viruses, as living beings
Answer:
Viruses are intermediate between living and non-living objects.
They resemble non-living objects in

• Lacking protoplast.
• Ability to get crystallised.
• High specific gravity which is found only in non-living objects.
• Absence of respiration and energy storing system.
• Absence of growth and division.
• Cannot live independent of a living cell.

They resemble living objects in

• Presence of genetic material (DNA or RNA).
• Capable of mutation.
• Irritability.
• Can grow and multiply inside the host cell.

Question 6.
Mycoplasma
Answer:
Mycoplasma are organisms that completely lack a cell wall. They were discovered by Roux (1898) in pleural fluid of cattle suffering from pleuropneumonia. The organisms are often called PPLOs (Pleuropneumonia Like Organisms).
The characteristic features of mycoplasma are given below

1. Mycoplasmas are the smallest (0.1-0.5 μm) free-living microorganisms that are so small that they can easily pass through bacteria-proof filters. These occur saprotrophically in soil, sewage water and in dead and decaying organic matter. Some of them also parasitise plants, animals and human beings. Pathogenic mycoplasmas cause diseases in their hosts.
2. They are unicellular with plasma membrane as the outermost boundary. The cell membrane is made up of protein, lipids and cholesterol.
   
   Structure of Mycoplasma
3. DNA is naked (because of the absence of histones) and ribosomes of 70S type are present.
4. Mycoplasmas possess heterotrophic nutrition. Examples are Mycoplasma gallisepticum, M. laidlawii. They cause pleuropneumonia in domestic animals, mycoplasmal urethritis in humans.
5. These can survive without oxygen.

Question 7.
Phycomycetes
Answer:
The members of Phycomycetes are found in aquatic habitats and on decaying wood in moist and damp places or as obligate parasites on plants. Phycomycetes can be distinguished into two sub-classes, i.e. Zygomycetes (saprophytic) and oomycetes (plant parasites).
General characteristics of phycomycetes are as follows

1. Mycelium is aseptate and coenocytic.
2. Hyphal wall contains microfibrils of cellulose, chitin or both.
3. Asexual reproduction involves the endogenous formation of sporangia. The sporangia function as conidia in dry habitats and as zoosporangia under wet conditions.
4. Zoospores may be uniflagellate or biflagellate with flagella being anterior, lateral or posterior. A zoospore is formed by the fusion of two gametes.
5. The gametes can be similar in morphology (isogamous) or dissimilar (anisogamous or oogamous).
6. Disease caused by the members of Phycomycetes are white rust (Albugo), late blight of potato (Phytophthora infestans), downy mildew (Peronospora parasitica), etc.
   Examples include oomycetes Albugo (parasitic fungi on mustard), Pythium, Plasmospara, Phytophthora. Zygomycetes Rhizopus (the bread mould), Mucor (pin mould), etc.
   

Differentiate in 2 to 3 relevant meaningful points.

Question 1.
Prokaryotes and Eukaryotes
Answer:
Differences between prokaryotes and eukaryotes are

Prokaryotes	Eukaryotes
No membrane bound nucleus.	Have nucleus with nuclear membrane, chromatin, nucleoplasm, nuclear matrix and nucleoli.
Cell walls made up of peptidoglycan.	Cell walls, if present, made up of cellulose (as in fungi).
No membrane bound organelles.	Membrane bound organelles present.
Have pilli and fimbriae (for adhesion) and flagella (for propulsion).	Have cilia or flagella (for movement).
Cell size ranges from 0.5μ.m – 100μm	Cell size ranges from 10μ.m – 150μm

Question 2.
Protista and Monera
Answer:
Differences between Protista and Monera are

Monera	Protista
Cell wall is made up of peptidoglycan.	It is made up of cellulose.
Respiratory apparatus is present in respiratory membrane.	It is present in mitochondria.
Ribosomes are 70S type.	Ribosomes are 80S type.
These are prokaryotic and have naked circular DNA.	Eukaryotic, linear DNA is present in nucleus.
Extrachromosomal DNA is present in the form of plasmids.	Extrachromosomal DNA is present in organelles like mitochondria and chloroplast.

Question 3.
Mycota and Planate
Answer:
Differences between Mycota and Planate are

Mycota (Fungi)	Plantae
They are eukaryotic, unicellular or multicellular organisms with chitinous cell wall.	They are eukaryotic, multicellular organisms with cellulosic cell wall.
The members of this kingdom do not possess photosynthetic pigments and are therefore heterotrophic.	The members of the Plantae group contain photosynthetic pigment ’ and gain their energy through it and are therefore autotrophic.
They have few or no storage molecules.	Starch is their main storage molecule.

Question 4.
Amoeboid protozoans and ciliated protozoans
Answer:
Differences between amoeboid protozoans and ciliated protozoans are

Amoeboid protozoans	Ciliated protozoans
Protozoans with false feet or pseudopodia which moves by amoeboid movement, accomplished by cytoplasmic streaming.	Protozoans that move using cilia by ciliary movement. (like Paramecium)
Ingest food by phagtocytosis.	Ingest food through oral groove covered by cilia.
Reproduction by binary fission.	Reproduction by binary fission or conjugation.

Question 5.
Archaebacteria and Eubacteria
Answer:
Differences between Archaebacteria and Eubacteria are

Archaebacteria	Eubacteria
Peptidoglycan is absent in cell wall. It is made up of cellulosic carbohydrate.	Ceil wall is made up of peptidoglycans.
It is a single layer of branched chain lipids.	Plasma membrane consists of phospholipids.
Genes are interrupted by introns like eukaryotes.	Genes are not interrupted by non-coding zones or introns.

C. Long Answer Type Questions

Question 6.
Give an account of five-kingdom system of classification. Add a note on its merits and demerits.
Answer:
Five Kingdom Classification System:
This classification system was proposed by RH Whittaker in 1969. Before 1969, the classification systems for the living organisms had undergone several changes over time.
In this classification Whittaker introduced Fungi, as a separate kingdom along with Monera, Protista, Plantae and animals.
The main criteria for classification used by Whittaker is
(i) Cell structure
(ii) Mode of nutrition
(iii) Thallus organisation
(iv) Reproduction
(v) Phylogenetic relationships

Merits of Five Kingdom Classification System:
Merits of five kingdom classification system are
(i) Euglena and other transition types which had been included both amongst plants and animals are given proper place under kingdom-Protista.
(ii) Fungi have their own biochemical, physiological and structural organisation. They have never been related to plants. In this system of classification, fungi are separately placed.
(iii) A separate kingdom-Monera including prokaryotes has been created. Monerans differ from all other organisms in their cellular, reproductive and physiological organisations.
(iv) The five kingdom classification system is based on cellular organisation, the mode of nutrition and complexity of structure. These were the basic factors used in earliest two kingdom system of classification.
(v) This system of classification was also based on origin and evolution of the organisms hence, phylogenetic one.
(vi) The plant and animal kingdoms are more homogenous than they were in the two kingdom system of classification.

Demerits of Five Kingdom Classification System:
Demerits of five kingdom classification system are
(i) Animal protozoans have been included in kingdom-Protista, which also includes unicellular plants. They show different modes of nutrition.
(ii) Chlorella and Chlamydomonas, though unicellular are included under the kingdom-Plantae. They should be kept in Protista.
(iii) Euglena like organisms and slime moulds with flexible life style may need the creation of an intermediate kingdom other than Protista.
(iv) Viruses and viroids are not kept in proper place in this system.
(v) Lichens have also not been placed in this system.
(vi) All groups are polyphyletic and not monophyletic in origin as underlined by this classification.

Question 7.
Give characteristic features of members of five kingdoms that were proposed by RH Whittaker.
Answer:
The five kingdom classification system classify all the living organisms into five kingdoms named Monera, Protista, Fungi, Plantae and Animalia.

The important characteristics of each kingdom are as follows

Kingdom-Monera:
The kingdom-Monera includes all prokaryotes such as bacteria, mycoplasmas, Actinomycetes and cyanobacteria (blue-green algae).
The characteristic features of kingdom-Monera are given below
(i) They are simplest and most primitive, unicellular prokaryotes.
(ii) The cell wall contains peptidoglycan or murein (no cellulose), but the membrane bound cell organelles are not present.
(iii) They have various types of modes of nutrition like saprophytic, parasitic, chemoautotrophic, photoautotrophic and symbiotic.
(iv) DNA is naked and it lies inside the cytoplasm in coiled form. This is called nucleoid or false nucleus.
(v) Reproduction is by asexual methods. Gametes are not present.
(vi) Mitotic spindle is absent.
(vii) The flagella, if present, are single-stranded instead of being several stranded as in eukaryotes. These contain a protein called flagellin.
(viii) Some of the monerans have the ability to fix nitrogen into useful nitrates.

Kingdom-Protista:
Kingdom-Protista includes all single-celled eukaryotes, but the boundries of this kingdom are not well-defined. This kingdom was first proposed by Ernst Haeckel (1866).
Physiologically, kingdom-Protista acts as a connecting link between the kingdom-Monera and the complex multicellular kingdoms-Fungi, Plantae and Animalia. Kingdom-Protista includes the following categories such as dinoflagellates, chrysophytes, euglenoids, slime moulds and protozoans. The general characteristic features of kingdom-Protista are given below

1. These are mostly aquatic organisms. Some protists also live in the bodies of animals as parasites.

2. The cells are eukaryotic. These contain all membrane bound cell organelles like mitochondria, Golgi complex, endoplasmic reticulum, 80 S ribosomes, etc. Cell wall when present is constituted by cellulose.

3. Locomotion may either occur by pseudopodia (Amoeba, Euglypha), cilia (Paramecium), wriggling (sporozoans, non-flagellates) and mucilage propulsion (some protists like diatoms). Diatoms do not have any organelle for locomotion.

4. Protists show various modes of nutrition such as
• Photosynthetic (Holophytic) Dinoflagellates, diatoms and euglenoids.
• Holozoic (Zootrophic) Protozoans like Amoeba and Paramecium.
• Saprobic (Saprotrophic) In slime moulds.
• Parasitic Trypanosoma, Giardia, Plasmodium, Entamoeba.
• Mixotrophic In Euglena.
• Symbiotic In zooflagellates like
Trichonympha and Lophomonas.
• Pinocytosis In Amoeba to absorb soluble organic substances.

5. Most of the protists are aerobic. However, some protists that live at the bottom of aquatic habitats can respire anaerobically.

6. Protists reproduce asexually and sexually by a process involving cell fusion and zygote formation.
The major groups of Protista are
(a) Protistan algae (photosynthetic protists).
(b) Slime moulds (consumer-decomposer protists).
(c) Protozoan protists.

Kingdom-Fungi or Mycota:
(i) These are uni or multicellular, achlorophyllous, spore bearing thallophytes.
(ii) Cell wall consists of cellulose or chitin or both.
(iii) In most cases, multicellular, thread-like structures, branched in various patterns are called mycelia. These constitute the thallus. Individual branches of it are called hypha.
(iv) These are heterotrophic, may be saprophytic or parasitic.
(v) Mode of nutrition is absorptive which means the enzymes secreted by the hyphae digest complex nutrients of the host. The simplified nutrients are then absorbed by the organisms.
(vi) The reproduction may be vegetative, asexual and sexual. Asexual reproduction takes place under favourable conditions.
(vii) The reserve food materials are glycogen, e.g. Aspergillus, Penicillium, Saccharomyces (yeast).

Kindom-Plantae:
(i) It includes mainly multicellular, eukaryotic and autotrophic organisms.
(ii) The major component of the cell wall is cellulose.
(iii) The cells contain few large vacuoles and no structure like centrosome.
(iv) These organisms are also called producers.
(v) The reserve food material is generally starch.
(vi) Growth in higher plants is always terminal.
(vii) The trees generally grow being fixed to the soif
(viii) Reproduction may be vegetative, asexual or sexual,
e.g. multicellular algae, bryophytes, pteridophytes, phanerogams.

Kingdom-Animalia:
Animal kingdom contains heterotrophic, eukaryotic organisms that are multicellular and their cells lack cell walls. The main source of food for animal kingdom are plants directly or indirectly.

The food is digested in alimentary canal and is reserved as glycogen or fat. The mode of nutrition is holozoic, i.e. by ingestion of food.
A definite growth pattern is present. Adults have definite shape and size. The higher forms have well-developed sensory and neuromuscular mechanism. Locomotion is present.
Sexual reproduction occurs by copulation followed by fertilisation of gametes and embryonic development.

Odisha State Board CHSE Odisha Class 11 Biology Solutions Chapter 1 Biodiversity Textbook Questions and Answers.

CHSE Odisha 11th Class Biology Chapter 1 Question Answer Biodiversity

Biodiversity Class 11 Questions and Answers CHSE Odisha

Very Short Answer Type Questions

Choose the correct option

Question 1.
How many years ago did life originate on Earth?
(a) 3 billion
(b) 3.5 billion
(c) 4 billion
(d) 4.5 billion
Answer:
(b) 3.5 billion

Question 2.
Which one of the following is a characteristic feature of living?
(a) Reproduction
(b) Response to stimuli
(c) Metabolism
(d) All of these
Answer:
(d) All of these

Question 3.
Which of these statements is wrong?
(a) Breakdown of glucose molecules in respiration is catabolism
(b) Many metabolic processes are similar in microbes, plants and animals
(c) In some non-living objects metabolic processes also occur
(d) Immune system is a characteristic of living beings
Answer:
(c) In some non-living objects metabolic processes also occur

Question 4.
Find out the wrong one.
(a) A single-celled organism grows only in mass
(b) A multicellular organism grows not only in mass, but also in number of cells
(c) Fungi produce large number of spores during reproduction
(d) Gametes fuse to produce offsprings in asexual reproduction
Answer:
(d) Gametes fuse to produce offsprings in asexual reproduction

Question 5.
Identify the incorrect statements.
(a) Plants are influenced by external stimuli such as light, temperature and water
(b) All organisms do not possess consciousness
(c) Combined interactions of molecules make life to continue
(d) Organisms have the ability to regulate the chemical substances entering into their bodies
Answer:
(b) All organisms do not possess consciousness

Question 6.
Richness of the living species on earth is termed as
(a) ecosystem
(b) community
(c) biodiversity
(d) population
Answer:
(c) biodiversity

Question 7.
Who is referred to as the Father of Taxonomy?
(a) WG Rosen
(b) EO Wilson
(c) John Ray
(d) Carolus Linnaeous
Answer:
(d) Carolus Linnaeous

Question 8.
Full form of ICBN
(a) International Code for Botanical Nomenclature
(b) International Code for Biological Nomenclature
(c) International Code for Bacterial Nomenclature
(d) International Code for Bryophyte Nomenclature
Answer:
(a) International Code for Botanical Nomenclature

Question 9.
Who proposed the three domain system of biological classification?
(a) Carl Woese
(b) RH Whittaker
(c) Charles Darwin
(d) Robert Hooke
Answer:
(a) Carl Woese

Question 10.
In the scientific name of man, sapiens represents name of the
(a) genus
(b) species
(c) scientist
(d) place
Answer:
(b) species

Question 11.
The scientific names are derived from which language?
(a) English
(b) French
(c) Latin
(d) Greek
Answer:
(c) Latin

Question 12.
Under which domain does the kingdom-protista come?
(a) Archaea
(b) Bacteria
(c) Eukarya
(d) Plantae
Answer:
(c) Eukarya

Question 13.
Which is not true about the organisms of the domain Bacteria?
(a) Have diacyl glycerol diester lipids in their cell membranes
(b) Have no nuclear membrane
(c) Contain a genome composed of bacterial rRNA
(d) Thermophiles and halophiles come under the domain
Answer:
(d) Thermophiles and halophiles come under the domain

Question 14.
Which of the following about organisms is not dealt by Taxonomy?
(a) Nomenclature
(b) Identification
(c) Classification
(d) Evolutionary history
Answer:
(d) Evolutionary history

Question 15.
Which chemical solution is used for the preservation of organisms?
(a) Nitric acid
(b) Formalin
(c) Chloroform
(d) Sodium hydroxide
Answer:
(b) Formalin

Question 16.
Name the botanical garden present in Bengaluru.
(a) Lai Bagh
(b) Empress Garden
(c) Indian Botanic Garden
(d) Malampuzha Garden
Answer:
(a) Lai Bagh

Question 17.
Binomial System of Nomenclature was proposed by
(a) Carolus Linnaeus
(b) RH Whittaker
(c) Carl Woese
(d) JB Lamarck
Answer:
(a) Carolus Linnaeus

Very Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Name the author of the book ‘Systerna Naturae’.
Answer:
Carolus Linnaeus

Question 2.
Under which domain comes the kingdom- Animalia?
Answer:
Domain Eukarya

Question 3.
Arrange the following taxa from highest to lowest : Genus, Class, Phylum, Order.
Answer:
Phylum → Class → Order → Genus

Question 4.
Which botanical garden is named after Sir Jagdish Chandra Bose?
Answer:
Acharya Jagadish Chandra Bose Indian Botanical Garden, Kolkata

Question 5.
Which district Nanadankanan Biological Park is situated?
Answer:
Bhubaneswar

Short Answer Type Questions

Answer the following in three sentences each

Question 1.
What is taxonomical hierarchy?
Answer:
Taxonomic Hierarchy
The taxonomic hierarchy is the system of arranging taxonomic categories in a descending order. It was first introduced by Linnaeus (1751) and hence, it is also known as Linnaean hierarchy.
Groups represent category and category further denotes rank. Each rank or taxon represents a unit of classification. These taxonomic groups/categories are distinct biological entities and not merely morphological aggregates.

Taxonomic categories showing hierarchical arrangement in ascending order

Question 2.
Explain the concept of species.
Answer:
Taxonomic studies consider a group of individual organisms with fundamental similarities as a species. Species is considered as the lowest or basic taxonomic category, which consists of one or more individuals of a population that resemble one another more closely than individuals of other species.

The members of species interbreed freely and are reproductively isolated from other species, e.g. Mangifera indica (mango), Solarium tuberosum (potato) and Panthera leo (lion). All the three names indica, tuberosum and leo represent the specific epithets while, the first words Mangifera, Solanum and Panthera are genera and represent another higher level of taxon or category.

Each genus may have one or more than one specific epithets representing different organisms, but having morphological similarities, e.g. Panthera has another specific epithet called tigris and Solanum includes species like nigrum and melongena.

Question 3.
State the usefulness of taxonomic tools.
Answer:
Taxonomic tools include museums, zoos, herbaria, botanical gardens, etc. They are required because taxonomic study of plants, animals and other organisms is very much essential. The biologists need the help of some taxonomical tools to gather knowledge on various bioresources, their diversity and measures required for their conservation.

Question 4.
Write down the names of the phylum, class order and family and the scientific name in respect of man, housefly, mango and wheat.
Answer:
(some organisms with their taxonomic categories)

Question 5.
What are the objectives of zoological parks?
Answer:
These are the places where wild animals are kept in protected environments under human care and which enable us to learn about their food habits and behaviour. Zoological parks provide natural habitat to the animals.
In India there are about 200 zoological parks. These zoos are managed by the Central Zoo Authority of India. The World Zoo Conservation Strategy (WZCS) refers to all these zoological institutions as zoos.

Role of Zoological Parks

1. Zoos are the centres for conservation of threatened and rare animal species.
2. These provide sites for ex situ conservation through captive breeding of endangered animals.
3. The zoological parks increase the public interest in an understanding of wildlife.
4. These are the centres for recreation and education.

Some famous zoos of India

Zoos	Place
National Zoological Park	Delhi
Nandankanan Zoo	Odisha (Bhubaneshwar)
Nehru Zoological Park	Hyderabad
Sanjay Gandhi Jaivik Udyan	Bihar (Patna)
Rajiv Gandhi Zoological Park	Maharashtra (Pune)
Alipore Zoological Garden	Kolkata
Guwahati Zoo	Assam
Madras Crocodile Bank Trust	Tamil Nadu (Chennai)
Mysore Zoo	Karnataka
Allen Forest Zoo	Uttar Pradesh (Kanpur)

Differentiate between following (For Complete Chapter)

Question 1.
Anabolism and Catabolism
Answer:
The important differences between anabolism and catabolism are

Anabolism	Catabolism
It is the sum total of constructive processes.	It is the sum total of destructive processes.
Complex substances are formed from simpler ones.	Simpler substances are formed from complex ones.
Energy is stored.	Energy is released.
Anabolism is required for growth and maintenance.	Catabolism is required for performance of activities.

Question 2.
Archaea and Bacteria
Answer:
The differences between archaea and bacteria are

Archaea	Bacteria
Their ceil wall lacks peptidoglycan.	Their cell wall is made up of peptidoglycan.
Have several kind of RNA polymerase.	Have one kind of RNA polymerase.
The archae constitute a domain or kingdom of single-celled microorganisms. These microbes are prokaryotes, meaning that they have no cell nucleus or any other membrane bound organelles in their cells.	Bacteria constitute large domain of prokaryotic microorganisms. Typically a few micrometers in length, bacteria have a number of shapes, ranging from spheres to rods and spirals.

Question 3.
Taxonomy and Systematics
Answer:
The differences between taxonomy and systematics are

Taxonomy	Systematics
It is related to identification, nomenclature and classification.	It is the science of identification nomenclature, description and classification.
Taxonomic studies are based on rules and principles of classification.	Systematics is related to unique properties at every level of classification.

Question 4.
Genus and Species
Answer:
The differences between genus and species are

Genus	Species
Genus rank higher than the species in the taxonomic hierarchy.	Species is the most specific and comes at the lowest in taxonomic hierarchy.
Two fertile animals from one genus may or may not produce a fertile progeny.	Two fertile animals from one species can produce a fertile progeny.
Genus is the first name in binomial nomenclature.	Species is the second name in binomial nomenclature.

Question 5.
Museum and Herbarium
Answer:
The differences between museum and herbarium are

Museum	Herbarium
Museum contains many preserved specimens of animals and plants.	Herbarium is a collection of plant specimens only and data relating to them for future taxonomic studies and research.
Preservation in museum is done in jars, containers, stuffed specimens, etc.	The specimens preserved may be whole plants or plant parts that are dried, pressed and mounted on sheets of paper.

Question 6.
Botanical Gardens and Herbarium
Answer:
The differences between botanical gardens and herbarium are

Botanical Gardens	Herbarium
Places where living plant collections of different varities are maintained.	Places where a collection of dried, presed and well preserved plants species are kept.
These include medicinal, economic important, industrial, cultivated ornamental, etc., plants.	Here plant materials are arranged according to a system of classification.
Here the living plants are only grown.	It also possesses wood materials, microslides, photographs, drawings, etc.
Modem botanical gardens are quite big and possess greenhouses, a herbarium, a library and research laboratories.	Herbarium is comparatively a small institution present inside a botanical garden or in an university.

Question 7.
Taxon and Species
Answer:
The difference between taxon and species are

Taxon	Species
Taxon is the representation of any level of taxonomic category.	Species includes all the . organisms that are similar to breed and produce fertile offspring.
It is constructed by individual biological objects.	Species is one taxonomic category and is an abstract term.
Taxon can be of monophyletic or polyphyletic generation.	Species is always

Question 8.
Classification and Taxonomy
Answer:
The differences between classification and taxonomy

Classification	Taxonomy
It is systematic arrangement In groups or categories according to established criteria.	It is orderly classification of plants and animals according to their presumed natural relationship.
The term is broad one that encompasses any type of grouping according to criteria.	It is the process of giving names to things or groups of things according to their positions in a hierarchy.

 

BSE Odisha 11th Class Biology Important Questions (+2 1st Year)

• Chapter 1 Biodiversity Important Questions
• Chapter 2 Classification of Living World Important Questions
• Chapter 3 Classification of Plant Kingdom Important Questions
• Chapter 4 Classification of Animal Kingdom Important Questions
• Chapter 5 Morphology of Flowering Plants Important Questions
• Chapter 6 Anatomy of Flowering Plants Important Questions
• Chapter 7 Animal Tissues and Gross Anatomical Organisation of Cockroach Important Questions
• Chapter 8 Cell: Structure and Function Important Questions
• Chapter 9 Chemical Constituents of Living Cells Important Questions
• Chapter 10 Cell Division Cycle Important Questions
• Chapter 11 Transport in Plants Important Questions
• Chapter 12 Mineral Nutrition Important Questions
• Chapter 13 Photosynthesis in Higher Plants Important Questions
• Chapter 14 Respiration Important Questions
• Chapter 15 Plant Growth and Development Important Questions
• Chapter 16 Digestion and Absorption Important Questions
• Chapter 17 Breathing and Exchange of Gases Important Questions
• Chapter 18 Body Fluids and Circulation Important Questions
• Chapter 19 Excretory Products and Their Elimination Important Questions
• Chapter 20 Locomotion and Movement Important Questions
• Chapter 21 Neural Control and Coordination Important Questions
• Chapter 22 Chemical Coordination and Regulation Important Questions

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Textbook Solutions

CHSE Odisha 11th Class Biology Book Solutions (+ 2 1st Year)

• Chapter 1 Biodiversity
• Chapter 2 Classification of Living World
• Chapter 3 Classification of Plant Kingdom
• Chapter 4 Classification of Animal Kingdom
• Chapter 5 Morphology of Flowering Plants
• Chapter 6 Anatomy of Flowering Plants
• Chapter 7 Animal Tissues and Gross Anatomical Organisation of Cockroach
• Chapter 8 Cell: Structure and Function
• Chapter 9 Chemical Constituents of Living Cells
• Chapter 10 Cell Division Cycle
• Chapter 11 Transport in Plants
• Chapter 12 Mineral Nutrition
• Chapter 13 Photosynthesis in Higher Plants
• Chapter 14 Respiration
• Chapter 15 Plant Growth and Development
• Chapter 16 Digestion and Absorption
• Chapter 17 Breathing and Exchange of Gases
• Chapter 18 Body Fluids and Circulation
• Chapter 19 Excretory Products and Their Elimination
• Chapter 20 Locomotion and Movement
• Chapter 21 Neural Control and Coordination
• Chapter 22 Chemical Coordination and Regulation

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Textbook Solutions

Odisha State Board CHSE Odisha Class 11 Sociology Solutions Unit 4 ସାମାଜିକ ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟା, ସ୍ତରୀକରଣ ଏବଂ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ Questions and Answers.

CHSE Odisha 11th Class Sociology Unit 5 Question Answer ସମାଜ ସମାଜଶାସ୍ତ୍ର, ପଦ୍ଧତି ଏବଂ କୌଶଳ

‘କ’ ବିଭାଗ

ଅତି ସଂକ୍ଷିପ୍ତ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନୋତ୍ତର
ସମ୍ଭାବ୍ୟ ବିକଳ୍ପ ମଧ୍ୟରୁ ଉତ୍ତର ଚୟନ କର :

Question ୧।
ସମାଜବିଜ୍ଞାନର ଜନକ କିଏ ?
(i) ଇରବର୍ଟ ସ୍ପେନସର
(ii) ଅଗଷ୍ଟ କମ୍‌
(iii) ଇମାଇଲମ ଦୁର୍ଧୂମ
(iv) କାଇଁ ମାଙ୍କସ୍‌
Answer:
(ii) ଅଗଷ୍ଟ କମ୍

Question ୨।
ପ୍ରଥମ ଥର ପାଇଁ କିଏ ସମାଜ ବିଜ୍ଞାନ ଶବ୍ଦଟି ବ୍ୟବହାର କରିଥିଲେ ?
(i) ପି. ଏ. ସରୋନୀନ୍
(ii) ଅଗଷ୍ଟ କମ୍‌
(iii) ସୁଲ
(iv) ସିମେଲ
Answer:
(ii) ଅଗଷ୍ଟ କମ୍

Question ୩।
ପଜିଟିର ଫିଲୋସଫି ପୁସ୍ତକରେ କେଉଁ ଶବ୍ଦଟି ପ୍ରଥମେ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରିଥିଲା।
(i) ରାଜନୀତି ବିଜ୍ଞାନ
(ii) ସମାଜବିଜ୍ଞାନ
(iii) ଇତିହାସ
(iv) ନୂବିଜ୍ଞାନ
Answer:
(ii) ସମାଜବିଜ୍ଞାନ

Question ୪।
କାହା ମତରେ ସମାଜବିଜ୍ଞାନ ହେଉଛି ସମାଜ ସମ୍ପକୀୟ ବିଜ୍ଞନ ଯାହା କେତେକ ପ୍ରାକୃତିକ ଏବଂ ଅପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନୀୟ ନିୟମକୁ ଆଖୁ ଆଗରେ ରଖୁ ତା’ର ଅନୁଧ୍ୟାନ ଆରମ୍ଭ କରିଥାଏ ।
(i) ଅଗଷ୍ଟ କମ୍‌
(ii) ସ୍ପେନସର
(iii) ମ୍ୟାକ୍‌ସ ୱେବର
(iv) ଇମାଇଲ ଦୁଶ୍ଚିମ
Answer:
(i) ଅଗଷ୍ଟ କମିଟେ

Question ୩।
ନିମ୍ନୋକ୍ତ ମଧ୍ୟରୁ କେଉଁଟି ସମାଜ ବିଜ୍ଞାନ ପ୍ରତି କଷ୍ଟେଙ୍କର ଅବଦାନ ?
(i) ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ଯା
(ii) ତ୍ରିସ୍ତରୀୟ ନିୟମ
(iii) ଜୈବତତ୍ତ୍ଵ
(iv) ବୈଜ୍ଞାନିକ
Answer:
(ii) ତ୍ରିସ୍ତରୀୟ ନିୟମ

Question ୪।
ତ୍ରିସ୍ତରୀୟ ନିୟମର ପ୍ରଥମ ସ୍ତରଟିକୁ କ’ଣ କୁହାଯାଏ ?
(i) ଧର୍ମତାତ୍ତ୍ଵିକ
(ii) ଆଧ୍ୟାତ୍ମକ
(ii) ବୈଜ୍ଞାନୀକ
(iv) ସାମାଜିକ
Answer:
ଧର୍ମତାରୁ

Question ୭।
କେଉଁ ସ୍ତରରେ ବିଶ୍ଵାସ କରାଯାଏ ଯେ ସମସ୍ତ ଘଟଣା ଏକ ଅମୂର୍ଖ ଶକ୍ତି ଦ୍ବାରା ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ ହୋଇଥାଏ ?
(i) ଧର୍ମତାତ୍ତ୍ଵିକ
(ii) ଆଧ୍ୟାମିକ
(iii) ବୈଜ୍ଞାନିକ
(iv) ରାଜନୈତିକ
Answer:
(ii) ଆଧ୍ୟାମିକ

Question ୮।
ଜଣେ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ନୈତିକତା ଦୃଷ୍ଟିରୁ ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟା କରେ ତାହାକୁ ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟା କୁହାଯାଏ ?
(i) ଯନ୍ତ୍ରଣା ଦାୟକ
(ii) ଇଚ୍ଛାଧୀନ
(iii) ବାଧ୍ୟତା ମୂଳକ
(iv) ପରାର୍ଥବାଦୀ
Answer:
(iii) ବାଧ୍ୟତା ମୂଳକ

Question ୯।
ଶାରୀରିକ ଯନ୍ତ୍ରଣା ଲାଭ କରି କେଉଁ ହତ୍ୟା କରାଯାଇଥାଏ ?
(i) ପରାର୍ଥବାଦୀ
(ii) ଯନ୍ତ୍ରଣା ଦାୟକ
(iii) ବାଧ୍ୟତାମୂଳକ
(iv) ଇଚ୍ଛାଧୀନ
Answer:
(ii) ଯନ୍ତ୍ରଣା ଦାୟକ

Question ୧୦।
ଯେତେବେଳେ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ନିଜକୁ ସମୂହ ସହ ସମ୍ପର୍ଣ୍ଣ ଭାବେ ମିଶାଇଦିଏ ସେତେବେଳେ ସେ ସମୂହ ଜୀବନଠାରୁ ତା’ର ଜୀବନକୁ ଅସହାୟ ମନେକରେ, ଫଳରେ କେଉଁ ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟା କରିଥାଏ ?
(i) ଅହଂବାଦୀ
(ii) ପରାର୍ଥବାଦୀ
(iii) ଯନ୍ତ୍ରଣା ଦାୟକ
(iv) ଭାଗବାଦୀ
Answer:
(ii) ପରାର୍ଥବାଦୀ

Question ୧୧।
ସମୂହଠାରୁ ସମ୍ପର୍ଣ୍ଣ ରୂପେ ସମ୍ପର୍କ ଛିନ୍ନ ହେବା ଫଳରେ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି କେଉଁ ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟା କରେ ?
(i) ଅହଂବାଦୀ
(ii) ପରାର୍ଥବାଦୀ
(iii) ଯନ୍ତ୍ରଣାଦାୟକ
(iv) ଭାଗବାଦୀ
Answer:
(i) ଅହଂବାଦୀ

Question ୧୨।
ଦୁର୍ଗମଙ୍କର ସମାଜ ପ୍ରତି ଏକ ଅବଦାନ ଲେଖ ।
(i) ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ଯା
(ii) ଜୈବତତ୍ତ୍ବ
(iii) ତ୍ରିସ୍ତରୀୟ ନିୟମ
(iv) ଏ ସମସ୍ତ
Answer:
(i) ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟା

Question ୧୩ ।
କେଉଁ ବାଦରେ ଈଶ୍ବରଙ୍କୁ ବିଶ୍ବାସ କରାଯାଏ ?
(i) ବହୁ ଈଶ୍ଵର ବାଦ
(ii) ଏକେଶ୍ଵର ବାଦ
(iii) କଡ଼ ବାଦ
(iv) କେଉଁଠି ନୁହେଁ
Answer:
(i) ବହୁ ଈଶ୍ଵର ବାଦ

Question ୧୪।
ଖଣ୍ଡିଏ କାଠ, ପଥର ଆଦି କେଉଁ ବାଦର ଅନ୍ତର୍ଭୁକ୍ତ ?
(i) ଫେଟସ୍‌ବାଦ
(ii) ବହୁ ଈଶ୍ଵର ବାଦ
(iii) ଏକେ ଈଶ୍ଵର ବାଦ
(iv) କେଉଁଠି ନୁହେଁ
Answer:
(i) ଫେଟସ୍ ବାଦ

Question ୧୫।
ଯାହା ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ଭାବରେ ଅନୁଭବ କରାଯାଇପାରିବ, ତାହା କେଉଁ ସ୍ତର ?
(i) ବୈଜ୍ଞାନିକ
(ii) ଆଧାମକ
(iii) ଆଧାତ୍ମକ
(iv) ଅର୍ଥନୈତିକ
Answer:
(i) ବୈଜ୍ଞାନିକ

Question ୧୬।
ତ୍ରିସ୍ତରୀୟ ନିୟମର ଦ୍ବିତୀୟ ସ୍ତର କେଉଁଟି ?
(i) ଧର୍ମାତାତ୍ତ୍ଵିକ ସ୍ତର
(ii) ବୈଜ୍ଞାନିକ ସ୍ତର
(iii) ଆଧ୍ୟାମିକ ସ୍ତର ର
(iv) ଫେଟିସବାଦ
Answer:
(iv) ଫେଟିସବାଦ

Question ୧୭।
ତ୍ରିସ୍ତରୀୟ ନିମୟର ଶେଷ ସ୍ତରଟି କ’ଣ ?
(i) ବୈଜ୍ଞାନିକ ସ୍ତର
(ii) ଧର୍ମତାତ୍ତ୍ଵିକ
(iii) ଆଧ୍ୟାତ୍ମକ
(iv) କେଉଁଟି ନୁହେଁ
Answer:
(i) ବୈଜ୍ଞାନିକ ସ୍ତର

Question ୧୮।
ନିମ୍ନୋକ୍ତ ମଧ୍ଯରୁ କିଏ ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟା ମତବାଦ ପ୍ରଦାନ କରିଛନ୍ତି ?
(i) କମ୍‌
(ii) ଦୁର୍ଗାଇମ୍
(iii) ୱେବର
(iv) କେଉଁଟି ନୁହେଁ
Answer:
(ii) ଦୁର୍ଗାଇମ୍

Question ୧୯।
ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟା ମତବାଦ କେଉଁ ମସିହାରେ ପ୍ରକାଶିତ ହୋଇଥିଲା ?
(i) ୧୮୯୭
(ii) ୧୮୯୭
(iii) ୧୯୧୭
(iv) ୧୮୯୩
Answer:
(ii) ୧୮୫୮

Question ୨୦।
ଦୁର୍ଗାଇନ୍‌ଙ୍କ ମତରେ ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟା କେତେ ପ୍ରକାରର ?
(i) ୪
(ii) ୨
(iii) ୫
(iv) କେଉଁଟି ନୁହେଁ
Answer:
(i) ୪

Question ୨୧।
ଜଣେ ସୈନିକ ଯୁଦ୍ଧରେ ଦେଶ ପାଇଁ ଜୀବନ ଦେବା କି ପ୍ରକାରର ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟା
(i) ଅହଂବାଦୀ
(ii) ପରାର୍ଥବାଦୀ
(iii) ଭାଗ୍ୟବାଦୀ
(iv) ନିୟମହୀନତା
Answer:
(ii) ପରାର୍ଥବାଦୀ

Question ୨୨।
“ କାଷ୍ଟ ଆଣ୍ଡ ରେସ୍‌ଇନ୍ ଇଣ୍ଡିଆ” ପୁସ୍ତକ କିଏ ଲେଖୁଛନ୍ତି ?
(i) ହଟନ
(ii) ସି. ଏଚ୍ କୁଲେ.
(iii) ଜି.ଏସ୍. ଘୁରେ
(iv) ମର୍ଟନ
Answer:
(iii) ଜି.ଏସ୍. ଘୁରେ

Question ୨୩ ।
ଘୁରେ ଜାତିର ସୃଷ୍ଟିକୁ କାହା ସହିତ ଯୋଡ଼ିଛନ୍ତି ?
(i) ବେଦ
(ii) ଧର୍ମ
(iii) କର୍ମ
(iv) ପ୍ରଜାତି
Answer:
(iv) ପ୍ରଜାତି

Question ୨୪।
ଘୂରେ ଜାତିର କେତୋଟି ସଂରଚନାମୂଳକ ଲକ୍ଷଣ ପ୍ରଦାନ କରିଛନ୍ତି ?
(i) ୬ଟି
(ii) ୫ଟି
(iii) ୪ଟି
(iv) ୭ଟି
Answer:
(i) ୬ଟି

Question ୨୫।
ସଂସ୍କୃତିକରଣ ସଂପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ ନିମ୍ନୋକ୍ତ ମଧ୍ଯରୁ କିଏ ପ୍ରଦାନ କରିଛନ୍ତି ?
(i) ୱାଇ
(ii) ଏମ୍. ଏନ୍ ଶ୍ରୀନିବାସ
(iii) ସି.ଏଚ୍. କୁଲେ
(iv) କେହି ନୁହଁନ୍ତି
Answer:
(ii) ଏମ୍. ଏନ୍ ଶ୍ରୀନିବାସ

Question ୨୬ ।
‘ରିଲିଜିଅନ୍ ଆଣ୍ଡ୍ ସୋସାଇଟି ଏମଙ୍ଗ୍ ଦି କୁର୍ଗସ୍’ ପୁସ୍ତକ କିଏ ଲେଖୁଛନ୍ତି ?
(i) କୁଲେ
(ii) ମର୍ଟନ
(iii) ଶ୍ରୀନିବାସ
(iv) ଜି.ଏସ୍. ୟୂରେ
Answer:
(iii) ଶ୍ରୀନିବାସ

Question ୨୭।
ବ୍ରାହ୍ମଣୀକରଣ ସଂପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟର ବ୍ୟବହାର ନିମ୍ନୋକ୍ତଙ୍କ ମଧ୍ୟରୁ କିଏ କରିଥିଲେ ?
(i) ଘୂରେ
(ii) ଦୁର୍ଗାଇମ୍
(iii) ମାକାଇଭର
(iv) ଶ୍ରୀନିବାସ
Answer:
(iv) ଶ୍ରୀନିବାସ

Question ୨୮।
“ବିଜ୍ଞାନ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣରୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୁଏ ଏବଂ ଶେଷ ବୈଧତା । ପୁଣି ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣକୁ ଫେରେ” ଏହା ନିମ୍ନୋକ୍ତଙ୍କ ମଧ୍ୟରେ କିଏ କହିଛନ୍ତି ?
(i) ପି.ଭି. ୟଙ୍ଗ୍
(ii) ଗୁଡ଼େ, ଏବଂ ହ୍ୟାଟ
(ii) କମ୍
(iv) କୁଲେ
Answer:
(ii) ଗୁଡ଼େ ଏବଂ ହ୍ୟାଟ୍

Question ୨୯।
ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ କେତେ ପ୍ରକାରର ?
(i) 8
(ii) ୪
(iii) ୩
(iv) ୨
Answer:
(i) ୫

Question ୩୦।
ଡାକରେ ପ୍ରେରିତ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନର ଚିଠାକୁ କ’ଣ କହନ୍ତି ?
(i) ପ୍ରଶ୍ନବଳୀ
(ii) ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ
(iii) ଚିଠି
(iv) କୌଣସିଟି ନୁହେଁ
Answer:
(i) ପ୍ରଶ୍ନବଳୀ

Question ୩୧।
ଲୁଣ୍ଡବର୍ଗ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନବଳୀକୁ କେତେ ଭାଗରେ ବିଭକ୍ତ କରିଛନ୍ତି ?
(i) ୩
(ii) ୨
(iii) ୪
(iv) ୫
Answer:
(iii) ୪

Question ୩୨।
ପି. ଭିୟଙ୍ଗ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନବୀକୁ କେତେ ଭାଗରେ ବିଭକ୍ତ କରିଛନ୍ତି ?
(i) ୫
(ii) ୪
(iii) ୩
(iv) ୨
Answer:
(i) ୫

Question ୩୩।
ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ସାକ୍ଷତକାରରେ କ’ଣ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ ?
(i) ସୂଚୀ
(ii) ପ୍ରଶ୍ନବଳୀ
(iii) ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ
(iv) କୌଣସିଟି ନୁହେଁ
Answer:
(i) ସୂଚୀ

ଗୋଟିଏ ଶବ୍ଦରେ ଉତ୍ତର ଦିଅ :

Question ୧।
ସମାଜବିଜ୍ଞାନର ଜନକ କିଏ ?
Answer:
ଅଗଷ୍ଟ କମ୍‌

Question ୨।
କମ୍‌ଟେ କେଉଁ ଦେଶର ସମାଜବିଜ୍ଞାନୀ ?
Answer:
ଫ୍ରାନସ୍

Question ୩।
ତ୍ରିସ୍ତରୀୟୟ ନିୟମ କିଏ ପ୍ରଦାନ କରିଛନ୍ତି ?
Answer:
ଅଗଷ୍ଟ କମ୍‌

Question ୪।
ସମାଜବିଜ୍ଞାନର ପୂର୍ବ ନାମ କ’ଣ ଥିଲା ?
Answer:
ସାମାଜିକ’ ପଦାର୍ଥବିଜ୍ଞାନ

Question ୫।
ସମାଜବିଜ୍ଞାନ କେଉଁ ମସିହାରେ ସୃଷ୍ଟି ହୋଇଥିଲା ?
Answer:
୧୮୩୯

Question ୬।
ତ୍ରିସ୍ତରୀୟ ନିୟମର କେତୋଟି ସ୍ତର ଅଛି ?
Answer:
୩ଟି

Question ୭।
କଙ୍କ ତ୍ରିସ୍ତରୀୟ ନିୟମ କେଉଁ ତତ୍ତ୍ବ ଉପରେ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେସିତ ?
Answer:
ବିବର୍ତ୍ତନ

Question ୮।
ଧର୍ମତାତ୍ତ୍ଵିକ ସ୍ତରର କେତୋଟି ଉପସ୍ତର ଅଛି ?
Answer:
୪ଟି

Question ୯।
ତ୍ରିସ୍ତରୀୟ ନିୟମର ପ୍ରଥମ ସ୍ତରର ନାମ କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
ଧର୍ମତାତ୍ତ୍ଵିକ ସ୍ତର

Question ୧୦।
ତ୍ରିସ୍ତରୀୟ ନିୟମର ଶେଷ ସ୍ତରର ନାମ କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
ବୈଜ୍ଞାନିକ ସ୍ତର

Question ୧୧।
ତ୍ରିସ୍ତରୀୟ ନିୟମର ମଧ୍ୟମ ସ୍ତରର ନାମ କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
ଆଧ୍ୟାମ୍ବିକ ସ୍ତର

Question ୧୨।
ଗୋଟିଏ ଈଶ୍ଵରରେ ବିଶ୍ବାସକୁ କ’ଣ କହନ୍ତି ?
Answer:
ଏକେଶ୍ବରବାଦ

Question ୧୩ ।
ଏକାଧିକ ଈଶ୍ବରରେ ବିଶ୍ବାସକୁ କ’ଣ କୁହନ୍ତି ?
Answer:
ବହୁ ଈଶ୍ବରବାଦ

Question ୧୪।
ଆତ୍ମା ବା ସ୍ପିରିଟ୍‌ରେ ବିଶ୍ବାସକୁ କ’ଣ କହନ୍ତି ?
Answer:
ଫେଟିସ୍‌ବାଦ

Question ୧୫।
୧୧୩୦ ଖ୍ରୀଷ୍ଟାବ୍ଦରୁ ୧୮୦୦ ଖ୍ରୀଷ୍ଟାବ୍ଦ ମଧ୍ୟରେ କେଉଁସ୍ତର ଦେଖାଦେଇଥିଲା ?
Answer:
ଆଧ୍ୟାତ୍ମିକ ବା ଅରୂପ ସ୍ତର

Question ୧୬।
“ଲି ସୁଇସାଇଡ୍” ପୁସ୍ତକ କିଏ ରଚନା କରିଛନ୍ତି ?
Answer:
ଇମାଇଲ୍ ଦୁର୍ଖାଇମ୍

Question ୧୭।
ଦୁର୍ଗାଇମ୍ ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟାକୁ କେତେ ଭାଗରେ ବିଭକ୍ତ କରିଛନ୍ତି ?
Answer:
୪ ଭାଗରେ

Question ୧୮।
ଦେଶ ପାଇଁ ଜୀବନ ବଳି ଦେବା କି ପ୍ରକାର ଆତ୍ମହାତ୍ୟା ?
Answer:
ପରାର୍ଥବାଦୀ

Question ୧୯।
ନିୟମହୀନତା ଯୋଗୁଁ କି ପ୍ରକାର ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟା ଦେଖାଯାଏ ?
Answer:
ଅନୋମିକ ସୁଇସାଇଡ୍

Question ୨୦।
କାଷ୍ଟ ଆଣ୍ଡ ରେସ୍ ପୁସ୍ତକର ରଚୟିତା କିଏ ?
Answer:
ଜି. ଏସ୍ . ଘୂରେ

Question ୨୧।
ଘୂରେ ଜାତିର କେତୋଟି ଲକ୍ଷଣ ଦର୍ଶାଇଛନ୍ତି ?
Answer:
୬ଟି

Question ୨୨।
ସଂସ୍କୃତିକରଣ ସଂପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ କିଏ ଦେଇଛନ୍ତି ?
Answer:
ଏମ୍. ଏନ୍. ଶ୍ରୀନିବାସ

Question ୨୩।
ବ୍ରାହ୍ମଣୀକରଣ ସଂପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ କିଏ ପ୍ରଦାନ କରିଥିଲେ ?
Answer:
ଏମ୍. ଏନ୍. ଶ୍ରୀନିବାସ

Question ୨୪।
ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ଏକ ଦେଶର ଉତ୍ସର ନାମ ଲେଖ।
Answer:
ସଂସ୍କୃତିକରଣ

Question ୨୫।
‘ରିଲିଜିଅନ ଆଣ୍ଡ ସୋସାଇଟି ଏମଙ୍ଗ ଦି ଦୁର୍ଗସ୍” ପୁସ୍ତକ କିଏ ଲେଖୁଛନ୍ତି ?
Answer:
ଏମ୍. ଏନ୍, ଶ୍ରୀନିବାସ

Question ୨୬।
ତଥ୍ୟ ସଂଗ୍ରହର ଯେକୌଣସି ଗୋଟିଏ କୌଶଳର ନାମ ଲେଖ।
Answer:
ପ୍ରଶାବଳୀ

Question ୨୭।
ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ କେତେ ପ୍ରକାରର ?
Answer:
୫ ପ୍ରକାରର

Question ୨୮।
ଡାକଦ୍ବାରା ପ୍ରେରିତ ତଥ୍ୟ ସଂଗ୍ରହ ପାଇଁ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନର ଚିଠାକୁ କ’ଣ କୁହନ୍ତି ?
Answer:
ପ୍ରଶାବଳୀ

Question ୨୯।
ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ସାକ୍ଷାତକାର ସମୟରେ କ’ଣ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ ?
Answer:
ସାକ୍ଷାତକାର ସୂଚୀ ଲେଖ

Question ୩୦।
ସୂଚୀର ଏକ ଅପକାର ଲେଖ।
Answer:
ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ସୂଚୀ

Question ୩୧।
ସୂଚୀର ଏକ ଅପକାର ଲେଖ।
Answer:
ସୁଦୀର୍ଘ ଅଞ୍ଚଳ ଅଧ୍ୟୟନ କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ ଏହାର ବ୍ୟବହାର ସମ୍ଭବ ନୁହେଁ।

Question ୩୨।
ପି. ଭି. ୟଙ୍ଗ ପ୍ରଦାନ କରିଥିବା ସୂଚୀର ଏକ ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟ ଉଲ୍ଲେଖ କର।
Answer:
ବସ୍ତୁନିଷ୍ଠ ଭାବେ ତଥ୍ୟ ସଂଗ୍ରହ କରିବା

Question ୩୩।
ସୂଚୀର ଏକ ପ୍ରକାରର ନାମ ଲେଖ।
Answer:
ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ସୂଚୀ

Question ୩୪।
ସୂଚୀ କେତେ ପ୍ରକାରର ?
Answer:
୫ ପ୍ରକାରର

Question ୩୫।
ପ୍ରଶାବଳୀ କେତେ ପ୍ରକାରର ?
Answer:
୫ ପ୍ରକାରର

‘ଖ’ ବିଭାଗ

ସଂକ୍ଷିପ୍ତ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନୋତ୍ତର ଦୁଇଟି କିମ୍ବା ତିନୋଟି ବାକ୍ୟରେ ଉତ୍ତର ଦିଅ :

Question ୧।
ତ୍ରିସ୍ତରୀୟ ନିୟମ କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
ଫରାସୀ ସମାଜବିଜ୍ଞାନୀ କମ୍‌ ତ୍ରିସ୍ତରୀୟ ନିୟମ ପ୍ରଦାନ କରିଥିଲେ ଯାହାକି ବିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ଉପରେ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେସିତ ତାଙ୍କ ମତରେ ମାନବ ସମାଜ ବା ମାନବୀୟ ଚିନ୍ତା ବା ଜ୍ଞାନ ଧର୍ମତାତ୍ତ୍ଵିକ, ଆଧ୍ୟାତ୍ମିକ ଓ ବୈଜ୍ଞାନିକ ସ୍ତର ଦେଇ ବିକାଶ ଲାଭ କରିଥାଏ। ତିନୋଟି ସତର ଦେଇ ଗତି କରୁଥିବାରୁ ଏହାର ନାମ ତ୍ରିସ୍ତରୀୟ ନିୟମ।

Question ୨।
ଧର୍ମତାତ୍ତ୍ଵିକ ସ୍ତର କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
କମ୍‌ଙ୍କ ପ୍ରଦତ୍ତ ତ୍ରିସ୍ତରୀୟ ନିୟମର ପ୍ରଥମ ସ୍ତର ହେଉଛି ଧର୍ମତାତ୍ତ୍ଵିକ ସ୍ତର। ଏହି ସମୟରେ ମନୁଷ୍ୟର ସମସ୍ତ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟକଳାପ ଅତି ମାନବୀୟ ଶକ୍ତି ଦ୍ଵାରା ପରିଚାଳିତ ୧୩୦୦ ଖ୍ରୀଷ୍ଟବ୍ଦର ପୂର୍ବ ସମୟରେ ଏହି ସ୍ତର ତିଷ୍ଠି ରହିଥିଲା। ଏହି ସମୟରେ ମନୁଷ୍ୟ ଧର୍ମତାତ୍ତ୍ଵିକ ଅନ୍ଧବିଶ୍ବାସ ଦ୍ଵାରା ପରିଚାଳିତ ହେଉଥିଲା।

Question ୩।
ଆଧ୍ୟାମ୍ବିକ ସ୍ତର କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
କମ୍‌ ତ୍ରିସ୍ତରୀୟ ନିୟମର ଦ୍ଵିତୀୟ ସ୍ତରକୁ ଆଧାତ୍ମକ ସ୍ତର କହନ୍ତି। ଏହି ସ୍ତର ୧୩୦୦ ଖ୍ରୀଷ୍ଟବ୍ଦ ମଧ୍ଯରେ ପ୍ରଚଳିତ ଥିଲା। ଏହି ସ୍ତର ଧର୍ମତାତ୍ତ୍ଵିକ ସ୍ତର ଠାରୁ ଉନ୍ନତ ଥିଲା। ଏହି ସ୍ତରରେ ବିଶ୍ଵର ସମସ୍ତ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟକଳାପ ଏକ ଅମୂର୍ତ୍ତ ଶକ୍ତି ଦ୍ଵାରା ପରିଚାଳିତ ହେଉଥିଲା।

Question ୪।
ବୈଜ୍ଞାନିକ ସ୍ତର କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
କମ୍ପେଙ୍କ ତ୍ରିସ୍ତରୀୟ ନିୟମର ଶେଷସ୍ତରକୁ ବୈଜ୍ଞାନିକ ସ୍ତର କୁହାଯାଏ। ଏହା ମାନବୀୟ ଚିନ୍ତା ବା ମନର ବିକାଶର ଶେଷସ୍ତର ଯାହାର ୧୮୦୦ ଖ୍ରୀଷ୍ଟାବ୍ଦ ପରେ ସୃଷ୍ଟି ହୋଇଛି। ଏହି ସ୍ତରରେ ଲୋକମାନେ ଧର୍ମତାତ୍ତ୍ଵିକ ସ୍ତରର ଅନ୍ଧବିଶ୍ଵାସ ଓ ଆଧ୍ୟାତ୍ମିକ ସ୍ତରର ଅମୂର୍ଣ ଦ୍ଵାରା ପରିଚାଳିତ ନହୋଇ ବୈଜ୍ଞାନିକ ଚିନ୍ତାଧାର ଆଦି ଦ୍ଵାରା ପରିଚାଳିତ ହୋଇଥାନ୍ତି।

Question ୫।
ଫେଟିସ୍ଵାଦ କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
ଏହା ଧର୍ମତାତ୍ତ୍ଵିକ ସ୍ତରର ପ୍ରଥମ ଉପସ୍ତର। ଏହି ସମୟରେ ଲୋକମାନେ ବିଶ୍ଵାସ କରନ୍ତି ଯେ, ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ନିର୍ଜୀବ ବସ୍ତୁରେ ମଧ୍ଯ କିଛି ଜୀବନୀ ସ୍ପିରିଟ୍ ରହିଛି। ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟରେ ଈଶ୍ଵର ଉପନୀତ।

Question ୬।
ବହୁ ଈଶ୍ବରବାଦ କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
କଙ୍କ ତ୍ରିସ୍ତରୀୟ ନିୟମର ପ୍ରଥମ ସ୍ତର ବା ଧର୍ମତାତ୍ତ୍ଵିକ ସ୍ତରର ଉପସ୍ତର ହେଉଛି ବହୁ ଈଶ୍ବରବାଦ। ଏହି ସ୍ତରରେ ଲୋକମାନେ ଏକାଧିକ ଈଶ୍ଵରଙ୍କୁ ପୂଜା ବା ବିଶ୍ଵାସ କରୁଥିବାର ଦେଖାଯାଇଥାଏ।

Question ୭।
ଏକେଶ୍ବରବାଦ କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
କମ୍‌ଙ୍କ ତ୍ରିସ୍ତରୀୟ ନିୟମର ପ୍ରଥମ ସ୍ତର ବା ଧର୍ମ ତାତ୍ତ୍ଵିକ ସ୍ତରର ଅନ୍ୟ ଏକ ଉପସ୍ତର ହେଉଛି ଏକେଶ୍ବରବାଦ । ଏହି ସ୍ତରରେ ଲୋକମାନେ ଏକ ଈଶ୍ଵରଙ୍କଠାରେ ବିଶ୍ଵାସ ରଖୁବା ସହିତ ତାଙ୍କ ପୂଜା କରିଥାଏ। ସେହି ସର୍ବମୟ କର୍ତ୍ତା।

Question ୮।
ଆତ୍ମହାତ୍ୟା କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
ଫରାସୀ ସମାଜବିଜ୍ଞାନୀ ଦୁର୍ଖମ୍ ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟା ତନ୍ତ୍ର ପ୍ରଦାନ କରିଛନ୍ତି। ତାଙ୍କ ମତରେ, ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟା ଏକ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିଗତ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ନୁହେଁ। ଏହା ନିଜକୁ କରିବାର ଏକ ସାମାଜିକ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ । ସମାଜ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ଠାରେ ଏକ ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟାଜନିତ ପ୍ରବଣତା ସୃଷ୍ଟି କରେ, ଯାହାକି ତାଙ୍କୁ ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟା ପାଇଁ ପ୍ରେରିତ କରିଥାଏ।

Question ୯।
ଡ଼୍ ଦର୍ଶମୂଙ୍କ ମତରେ ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟା କେତେ ପ୍ରକାରର ?
Answer:
ଫରାସୀ ସମାଜବିଜ୍ଞାନୀ ଇମାଇଲ୍ ଦୁର୍ଗମ୍ ତାଙ୍କ ପୁସ୍ତକ “ଲି ସୁଇସାଇଡ୍”ରେ ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟାର ୪ ପ୍ରକାର ବିଷୟରେ ଉଲ୍ଲେଖ କରିଛନ୍ତି । ସେଗୁଡ଼ିକ ହେଲା! — ଅହଂବାଦୀ ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟା, ପରାର୍ଥବାଦୀ ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟା, ଆନୋମିକ୍ ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟା ଏବଂ ଭାଗ୍ୟବାଦୀ ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟା।

Question ୧୦।
ଅହଂବାଦୀ ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟା କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
ଯେତେବେଳେ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ସମୂହ ସହିତ ସଂପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧିତ

Question ୧୧।
ପରାର୍ଥବାଦୀ ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟା କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
ଏ ପ୍ରକାର ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟାରେ ସାମାଜିକ ସଂହତି ଅତ୍ୟନ୍ତ ଦୃଢ଼ ଥାଏ। ଏହି ସୁଦୃଢ଼ ସାମାଜିକ ସଂହତି ଅତ୍ୟନ୍ତ ଦୃଢ଼ ଥାଏ। ଏହି ସୁଦୃଢ଼ ସାମାଜିକ ସଂହତି ଦ୍ଵାରା ପରିଚାଳିତ ହୋଇ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ସମୂହ ପାଇଁ ନିଜ ଜୀବନକୁ ମଧ୍ଯ ତ୍ୟାଗ କରିଦିଏ। ଏହି ପ୍ରକାର ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟା ପରାର୍ଥବାଦୀ ଆତ୍ମହାତ୍ୟା କୁହାଯାଏ।

Question ୧୨।
ଆନୋମିକ୍ ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟା
Answer:
ରଚମ ବିଫଳତା ବା ପ୍ରତାରଣା ଯୋଗୁଁ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ଏ ପ୍ରକାର ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟା କରିଥାଏ। ଯେତେବେଳେ ସମାଜରେ ନିୟମ ହୀନତା ଦେଖାଯାଏ ବା ନୀତି ନିୟମ ଦୁର୍ବଳ ହୋଇପଡେ ସେତେବେଳେ ଯେଉଁ ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟା ଦେଖାଯାଏ କୁହାଯାଏ।

Question ୧୩।
ଭାଗ୍ୟବାଦୀ ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟା କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
ଅତ୍ୟଧ‌ିକ ନିୟନ୍ତ୍ରଣ ଯୋଗୁଁ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ଏ ପ୍ରକାର ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟା କରିଥାଏ। ଯେଉଁମାନଙ୍କର ଭବିଷ୍ୟତ ରୋକି ହୋଇଥାଏ ବା ଯେଉଁମାନଙ୍କର ଆବେଗ ବାଧାପ୍ରାପ୍ତ ହୋଇଥାଏ ସେମାନେ ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟା କଲେ ଭାଗ୍ୟବାଦୀ ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟା କୁହାଯାଏ।

Question ୧୪।
ଜାତି ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧରେ ଘୂରେଙ୍କ ମତ କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
ପ୍ରଫେସର ଘୂରେ ଜାତିଙ୍କୁ ଐତିହାସିକ, ତୁଳନାତ୍ମକ ଏବଂ ସଂହତିପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ଦୃଷ୍ଟିକୋଣରୁ ଆଲୋଚନା କରିଛନ୍ତି। ଘୂରେଙ୍କ ମତରେ ଜାତି ହେଉଛି ଏକ କ୍ଷୁଦ୍ର ଏବଂ ସ୍ଵୟଂସଂପୂର୍ଣ ସାମାଜିକ ବିଶ୍ବ ଯାହାକି ଅନ୍ୟମାନଙ୍କ ଠାରୁ ସ୍ଵତନ୍ତ୍ର ଯଦିଓ ସେମାନେ ଏହି ବୃହତ୍ ସମାଜ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ରହିଥାନ୍ତି। ଜାତି ପ୍ରଜାତି ମଧ୍ୟର ସୃଷ୍ଟି ବୋଲି ସେ ମତ ଦେଇଛନ୍ତି। ସେ ଏହାକୁ ବ୍ରାହ୍ମଣିକ ବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥା ସହିତ ଯୋଡ଼ିଛନ୍ତି।

Question ୧୫।
ଘୂରେ ପ୍ରଦାନ କରିଥିବା ଜାତିର ଲକ୍ଷଣ ମଧ୍ୟରୁ ତିନୋଟିକୁ ଦର୍ଶାଅ।
Answer:
ପ୍ରଫେସର ଜି. ଏସ୍. ଘୂରେ ଜାତିର ୬ଟି ସଂରଚାତ୍ମକ ଲକ୍ଷଣ ପ୍ରଦାନ କରିଛନ୍ତି। ସେଥୁମଧ୍ୟରୁ ପ୍ରମୁଖ ୩ଟି ହେଉଛି (୧) ସ୍ତ୍ରୀରୀକରଣ (୨) ସମାଜର କ୍ଷୁଦ୍ର ବିଭାଜନ (୩) ବିବାହ କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ ବାଧ୍ୟ।

Question ୧୬।
ସଂସ୍କୃତିକରଣ କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
ସଂସ୍କୃତିକରଣ ସଂପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ ଏମ୍. ଏନ୍. ଶ୍ରୀନିବାସ ପ୍ରଦାନ କରିଥିଲେ। ଏକଦେଶୟ ସାମାଜିକ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟା ଭାବେ ସେ ଏହାକୁ ବର୍ଣନା କରିଛନ୍ତି। ଯେତେବେଳେ ନିଜ ଜାତିର ଲୋକମାନେ ଜାତି ସ୍ତରୀକରଣ ବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥାରେ ନିଜର ସ୍ଥିତିର ଲୋକମାନେ ଜାତି ସ୍ତରୀକରଣ ବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥାରେ ନିଜର ସ୍ଥିତିରେ ଉନ୍ନତି ଆଣିବା ପାଇଁ ଉଚ୍ଚ ଜାତିର ଜୀବନଶୈଳୀ ଗ୍ରହଣ କରନ୍ତି ଏବଂ ନିଜର କେତେକ ଅପବିତ୍ର ଜୀବନଶୈଳୀକୁ ତ୍ୟାଗ କରନ୍ତି ତାହାକ ସଂସ୍କୃତିକରଣ କୁହାଯାଏ।

Question ୧୭।
ବ୍ରାହ୍ମଣୀକରଣ କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
ଭାରତୀୟ ସମାଜରେ ସାମାଜିକ ସାଂସ୍କୃତିକ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟାକୁ ବ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟା କରିବାକୁ ଯାଇ ଶ୍ରୀନିବାସ ପ୍ରଥମ ବ୍ରାହ୍ମଣୀକରଣ ସଂପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟର ବ୍ୟବହାର କରିଥିଲେ। ଯେତେବେଳେ ଭାରତୀୟ ସମାଜର ନୀଚ୍ଚ ଜାତିର ଲୋକମାନେ ଜାତି ସ୍ତରୀକରଣ ବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥାରେ ନିଜର ସ୍ଥିତିରେ ଉନ୍ନତି ଆଣିବା ପାଇଁ ସେମାନଙ୍କର କେତେକ ଅପବିତ୍ର ଜୀବନ ଶୈଳୀ ତ୍ୟାଗ କରି ବ୍ରାହ୍ମଣମାନଙ୍କର ଜୀବନଶୈଳୀକୁ ଆପଣେଇ ଥାଆନ୍ତି। ତାହାକୁ ବ୍ରାହ୍ମଣୀକରଣ କୁହାଯାଏ।

Question ୧୮।
ସଂସ୍କୃତିକରଣର ୪ଟି ଲକ୍ଷଣ ଦର୍ଶାଅ।
Answer:
(୧) ସଂସ୍କୃତିକରଣ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ଏକ ଦେଶୀୟ ଉତ୍ସ।
(୨) ଏହା ଏକ ଦ୍ଵିପାକ୍ଷିକ ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟା ଅଟେ।
(୩) ସଂସ୍କୃତିକରଣ ଭାରତୀୟ ସମାଜରେ ସାମାଜିକ ସାଂସ୍କୃତିକ ସଞ୍ଚଳନତାକୁ ବୁଝାଇଥାଏ।
(୪) ଏହା ଏକ ସାର୍ବଜନୀନ ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟା ନୁହେଁ।

Question ୧୯।
ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ କ’ର୍ଣ?
Answer:
ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ସାମାଜିକ ସମସ୍ୟା ଅଧ୍ୟୟନର ଏକ ପଦ୍ଧତି ଅଟେ। ଏହା ମୁଖ୍ୟତଃ ଆଶ୍‌ର କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଅଟେ। ଏହି ପଦ୍ଧତି ଦ୍ଵାରା ଜଣେ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷକ ସାହାଯ୍ୟରେ ଗବେଷଣା କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରୁ ତଥ୍ୟ ସଂଗ୍ରହ କରାଯାଇଥାଏ। ଏହା ଏକ ଘଟଣା ବା ସମସ୍ୟାକୁ ସୁବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥିତ ଭାବେ ଅଧ୍ୟୟନ କରିବାର ଏକ ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟା।

Question ୨୦।
ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣର ୪ଟି ଲକ୍ଷଣ ଉଲ୍ଲେଖ କର। ରହିଛି।
Answer:
ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ସମସ୍ୟାକୁ ଅଧ୍ୟୟନ କରିବାର ଏକ ବୈଜ୍ଞାନିକ ପଦ୍ଧତି ଅଟେ। ଏହାର ନିମ୍ନଲିଖତ ଲକ୍ଷଣମାନ
(୧) ଏକ ସୁବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥିତ ପଦ୍ଧତି।
(୨) ଏହା ମୁଖ୍ୟତଃ ଆଖୁ ଦ୍ଵାରା ସଂପାଦିତ ହୋଇଥାଏ।
(୩) ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ବସ୍ତୁନିଷ୍ଠ ଅଟେ।
(୪) ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ଦ୍ଵାରା ପ୍ରାଥମିକ ତଥ୍ୟ ସଂଗ୍ରହ କରାଯାଏ।

Question ୨୧।
ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣର ପ୍ରକାରଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଦର୍ଶାଅ।
Answer:
ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ମୁଖ୍ୟତଃ ୫ ପ୍ରକାରର ; ଯଥା-
(୧) ସହଭାଗୀ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ,
(୨) ଅଣ-ସହଭାଗୀ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ,
(୩) ମିଶ୍ରିତ ସହଭାଗୀ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ,
(୪) ନିୟନ୍ତ୍ରିତ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ,
(୫) ଅନିୟନ୍ତ୍ରିତ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ।

Question ୨୨।
ସହଭାଗୀ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
ଯେତେବେଳେ ଜଣେ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷକ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ କରୁଥିବା ସମୂହ ସହିତ ସାମିଲ ହୋଇ ବା ସେମାନଙ୍କ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟକଳାପରେ ଅଂଶଗ୍ରହଣ କରି ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ କରିଥାଏ। ତାହାକୁ ସହଭାଗୀ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ କୁହାଯାଏ। ସେମାନଙ୍କ ସହିତ ମୁକ୍ତ ଭାବେ ମିଶେ।

Question ୨୩।
ସହଭାଗୀ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣର ୨ଟି ଉପକାର ଲେଖ।
Answer:
(୧) ପ୍ରାକୃତିକ ଚରିତ୍ରର ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ବା ଅଧ୍ୟୟନ ସମ୍ଭବ ହୁଏ।
(୨) ସଂପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ଓ ସଠିକ୍ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ବା ଅଧ୍ୟୟନ ସମ୍ଭବ ହୁଏ।

Question ୨୪।
ସହଭାଗୀ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣର ୨ଟି ଅପକାର ଦର୍ଶାଅ।
Answer:
(୧) ସମସ୍ତ ଘଟଣା ସହଭାଗୀ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ଦ୍ଵାରା ଅଧ୍ୟୟନ କରି ହେବ ନାହିଁ।
(୨) ଭାବଗତ ସହଭାଗୀତା ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣର ବସ୍ତୁନିଷ୍ଠତା ନଷ୍ଟ କରିଥାଏ।

Question ୨୫।
ଅଣ-ସହଭାଗୀ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
ଯେତେବେଳେ ଜଣେ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ବାହାରୁ ବା ଦୂରରେ ରହି ବା ସମୂହ ସହିତ ଅଂଶଗ୍ରହଣ ନ କରି ତା’ର କାର୍ଯ୍ୟକଳାପକୁ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ କରେ ତାହାକୁ ଅଣ ସହଭାଗୀ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ କୁହାଯାଏ। ଏଠାରେ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷକ ନିରପେକ୍ଷ ରହି ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ କରିଥାଏ।

Question ୨୬।
ଅଣ-ସହଭାଗୀ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣର ୨ଟି ଉପକାର ଦର୍ଶାଅ।
Answer:
(୧) ବସ୍ତୁନିଷ୍ଠ ଅଧ୍ୟୟନ ସମ୍ଭବ ହୋଇଥାଏ।
(୨) ଲୁକ୍‌କାୟିତ ତଥ୍ୟ ସଂଗ୍ରହ ସମ୍ଭବ ହୁଏ।

Question ୨୭।
ଅଣ-ସହଭାଗୀ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣର ୨ଟି ଅପକାର ଦର୍ଶାଅ।
Answer:
(୧) ପ୍ରାକୃତି ଅବସ୍ଥାରେ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ସମ୍ଭବ ନହେଁ।
(୨) ଏହାଦ୍ଵାରା ସଂଗୃହିତ ତଥା ବସ୍ତୁନିଷ୍ଠ ଓ ନିର୍ଭରଯୋଗ୍ୟ ନୁହେଁ।

Question ୨୮।
ମିଶ୍ରିତ ସହଭାଗୀ’ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
ଏକ ସଂପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ସହଭାଗୀ ଓ ଅଣସହଭାଗୀ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ଅସମ୍ଭବ ଅଟେ। ଯେଉଁ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣରେ ଉଭୟ ସହଭାଗୀ ଓ ଅଣ ସହଭାଗୀ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ମିଶ୍ରିତ ଭାବେ ପରିଲକ୍ଷିତ ହୋଇଥାଏ ତାହାକୁ ମିଶ୍ରିତ ସହଭାଗୀ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ କହନ୍ତି। ଏ ପ୍ରକାର ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣରେ କେତେକ କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷକ ଅଂଶଗ୍ରହଣ କରି ତଥ୍ୟ ସଂଗ୍ରହ କରିଥିବାବେଳେ ଆଉ କେତେକରେ ଅଂଶଗ୍ରହଣ ନକରି ତଥ୍ୟ ସଂଗ୍ରହ କରିଥାଏ।

Question ୨୯।
ନିୟନ୍ତ୍ରିତ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
ଯେଉଁ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣରେ ଅଧୂକ ବସ୍ତୁନିଷ୍ଠତା ହାସଲ ପାଇଁ ବିଭିନ୍ନ ନିୟୟନ୍ତ୍ରଣ କୌଶଳ ଅବଲମ୍ବନ କରାଯାଏ ତାହାକୁ ନିୟନ୍ତ୍ରିତ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ କୁହାଯାଏ। ଏହି ପ୍ରକାର ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣରେ ନିୟନ୍ତ୍ରଣ ଉଭୟ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷକ ଓ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେସିତ ଘଟଣା ଉପରେ ନିୟନ୍ତ୍ରଣ ଜାରି କରାଯାଇଥାଏ।

Question ୩୦।
ଅଣ ନିୟନ୍ତ୍ରଣ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
ଯେଉଁ ପ୍ରକାର ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ଏକ ପ୍ରାକୃତିକ ପରିସ୍ଥିତିରେ କରାଯାଏ ଏବଂ ଏଥିରେ କୌଣସି ପ୍ରକାର ବାହ୍ୟ ପ୍ରଭାବ ବା ନିୟନ୍ତ୍ରଣ ଜାରି କରାଯାଇ ନଥାଏ ତାହାକୁ ଅଣ ନିୟନ୍ତ୍ରଣ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ କୁହାଯାଏ।

Question ୩୧।
ପ୍ରଶାବଳୀ କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
ସାମାଜିକ ଗବେଷଣା କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ ପ୍ରଶାବଳୀ ତଥ୍ୟ ସଂଗ୍ରହର ଏକ ଜନପ୍ରିୟ କୌଶଳ । ଯେତେବେଳେ ତଥ୍ୟ ପ୍ରଦାନକାରୀମାନେ ଏକ ବିରାଟ ଭୂଖଣ୍ଡରେ ବିଛାଡ଼ି ହୋଇ ରହିଥାନ୍ତି ସେତେବେଳେ ଏହି କୌଶଳ ଅବଲମ୍ବନ କରାଯାଏ ! ପ୍ରଶାବଳୀ ହେଉଛି ତଥ୍ୟ ସଂଗ୍ରହ ପାଇଁ ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ ହୋଇଥିବା ପ୍ରଶ୍ନଗୁଡ଼ିକର ଏକ ଚିଠା।

Question ୩୨।
ପ୍ରଶ୍ନବଳୀର ୪ଟି ଲକ୍ଷଣ ଦର୍ଶାଅ।
Answer:
(୧) ଏହା କ୍ଷୁଦ୍ର ହେବା ଉଚିତ।
(୨) ଏଥରେ ବସ୍ତୁନିଷ୍ଠ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ ରହିବା ଉଚିତ।
(୩) ପ୍ରଶ୍ନଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଠିକ୍ କ୍ରମରେ ସଜ୍ଜିତ ହେବା ଉଚିତ।
(୪) ଏଥିରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ଭାଷା ସରଳ ହେବା ଉଚିତ ।

Question ୩୩।
ପ୍ରଶ୍ନବଳୀ ପ୍ରକାରଗୁଡ଼ିକ କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
(୧) ପି.ଭି. ୟଙ୍ଗ ପ୍ରଶାବଳୀକୁ ୩ ଭାଗରେ ବିଭକ୍ତ କରିଛନ୍ତି; ଯଥା
(୧) ସଂଚରିତ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନବଳୀ,
(୨) ଅଣ ସଂରଚିତ ପ୍ରଶାବଳୀ
(୩) ଛବିକ ପ୍ରଶ୍ଵାବଳୀ।

ସେହିପରି ଜି. ଏ ଲୁଣ୍ଡବର୍ଗ ଏହାର ୨ଟି ପ୍ରକାର ଦର୍ଶାଇଛନ୍ତି ।
(୧) ସତ୍ୟ ବା ବାସ୍ତୁବତାର ପ୍ରଶାବଳୀ
(୨) ମତର ପ୍ରଶାବଳୀ

Question ୩୪।
ପ୍ରଶାବଳୀର ୪ଟି ଉପକାର ଦର୍ଶାଅ।
Answer:
(୧) ପ୍ରଶାବଳୀ ମାଧ୍ୟମରେ ଗବେଷଣାରେ କମ୍ ସମୟ ଓ କମ୍ ଖର୍ଚ୍ଚ ହୋଇଥାଏ।
(୨) ସୁଦୀର୍ଘ ଅଞ୍ଚଳ ଭିତ୍ତିକ ଗବେଷଣା ଏହାଦ୍ଵାରା ସହଜ ହୁଏ ।
(୩) ଏହା ତଥ୍ୟ ସଂଗ୍ରହର ସବୁଠୁ ସହଜ ଓ ନମନୀୟ ପଦ୍ଧତି ।
(୪) ଏହା ମାଧ୍ୟମରେ ସଂଗୃହୀତ ତଥ୍ୟ ନିର୍ଭରଯୋଗ୍ୟ ହୋଇଥାଏ ।

Question ୩୫।
ପ୍ରଶାବଳୀର ୪ଟି ଅପକାରିତା ଦର୍ଶାଅ।
Answer:
(୧) ଅଣସାକ୍ଷର ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିଙ୍କଠାରୁ ଏହି ପଦ୍ଧତିରେ ତଥ୍ୟ ସଂଗ୍ରହ ସମ୍ଭବ ନୁହେଁ।
(୨) ଏହି ପଦ୍ଧତିରେ ଅନେକ ତଥ୍ୟ ଫାଙ୍କା ରହିଥାଏ, ପୂରଣ ହୋଇ ନ ଥାଏ।
(୩) ଏଥିରେ ହସ୍ତଚାଳନା କରିବାର ସମ୍ଭାବନା ରହିଥାଏ।
(୪) ସଂପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ ଜନିତ ସନ୍ଦେହ ଦୂର କରିବାକୁ କେହି ପାଖରେ ନ ଥାନ୍ତି।

Question ୩୬।
ସୂଚୀ ବା ସିଡୁଲ କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
ସାମାଜିକ ଗବେଷଣା କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ ତଥ୍ୟ ସଂଗ୍ରହର ଏକ ଜନପ୍ରିୟ ପଦ୍ଧତି ହେଉଛି ସୂଚୀ ବା ସିଡୁଲ। ସାକ୍ଷାତକାର ସମୟରେ ଅନୁସନ୍ଧାନକାରୀ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରୁଥିବା ପ୍ରଶ୍ନଗୁଡ଼ିକର ଏକ ଚିଠାକୁ ସୂଚୀ କୁହାଯାଏ।

Question ୩୭।
ସୂଚୀ କେତେ ପ୍ରକାରର ଓ କ’ଣ କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
ସୂଚୀ ୫ ପ୍ରକାରର; ଯଥା – (୧) ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ସୂଚୀ, (୨) ଏହା ସନ୍ଦେହ ଦୂର କରିବାରେ ସହାୟକ ହୁଏ, (୩) କମ୍ ସମୟ ଆବଶ୍ୟକ କରେ, (୪) ନିର୍ଭୁଲ୍ ତଥ୍ୟ ମିଳେ।

Question ୩୮।
ସୂଚୀର ଅପକାରିତା ଦର୍ଶାଅ।
(୧) ବୃହତ ଅଞ୍ଚଳଭିଭିକ ଗବେଷଣା ବା ତଥ୍ୟ ସଂଗ୍ରହ ଏହାଦ୍ବାରା ସମ୍ଭବ ନୁହେଁ।
(୨) ତଥ୍ୟ ନିର୍ଭରଯୋଗ୍ୟ ନୁହେଁ।
(୩) ଏହା ଅଧିକ ସମୟ ଦରକାର କରେ।
(୪) ଏହା ଅଧିକ ଖର୍ଚାନ୍ତ କରିଥାଏ।

ବ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟା କରି ଛଅଟି ବାକ୍ୟରେ ଉତ୍ତର ଦିଅ :

Question ୧।
କମ୍‌ଙ୍କ ତ୍ରିସ୍ତରୀୟ ନିୟମ କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
କମ୍‌ ଜଣେ ବିବର୍ତ୍ତନବାଦୀ। ସେ ବିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ବାଦକୁ ତାଙ୍କ ତ୍ରିସ୍ତରୀୟ ନିୟମରେ ପ୍ରୟୋଗ କରିଛନ୍ତ।ତାଙ୍କ ମତରେ ମାନବ ସମାଜ ବା ମଣିଷର ମନ ବିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟାର ତିନୋଟି ସ୍ତର; ଯଥା – ଧର୍ମତାତ୍ତ୍ଵିକ, ଆଧ୍ୟାମିକ ଓ ବୈଜ୍ଞାନିକ ଦେଇ ଗତି କରିଥାଏ। ଧର୍ମତାତ୍ତ୍ଵିକ ସ୍ତର ଦୀର୍ଘ ଦିନ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟନ୍ତ ତିଷ୍ଠି ରହିଥିଲା। ସେ ଏହି ସ୍ତରକୁ ପୁନଶ୍ଚ ୪ଟି ଉପସ୍ତରରେ ବିଭାଜିତ କରିଛନ୍ତ। ଏହି ସ୍ତରରେ ମଣିଷ ଅନ୍ଧବିଶ୍ବାସ ଓ ଈଶ୍ଵର ବିଶ୍ବାସ ଦ୍ଵାରା ପରିଚାଳିତ ହୋଇଥାଏ। ଆଧାମ୍ବିକ ବା ଅରୂପ ସ୍ତରରେ ସେ ବିଶ୍ଵାସ କରିଥାଏ ଯେ ଏକ ଅମୂର୍ଣ ସତ୍ତା ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ଜିନିଷକୁ ପରିଚାଳିତ କରିଥାଏ। ବୈଜ୍ଞାନିକ ସ୍ତର ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ଉପରେ ବିଶ୍ଵାସ କରିଥାଏ।

Question ୨।
ଧର୍ମତାତ୍ତ୍ଵିକ ସ୍ତର କ’ଣ।
Answer:
କମ୍‌ଙ୍କ ତ୍ରିସ୍ତରୀୟ ନିୟମର ପ୍ରଥମ ସ୍ତରକୁ ଧର୍ମତାତ୍ତ୍ଵିକ ସ୍ତର କୁହାଯାଏ। ଏହି ସ୍ତରରେ ମନୁଷ୍ୟମାନେ ବିଶ୍ଵାସ କରନ୍ତି ଯେ, ଏକ ଅତିମାନବୀୟ ଶକ୍ତି ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ଘଟଣା ପାଇଁ ଦାୟୀ ଅଟେ। ଏହି ସମୟରେ ମଣିଷର ମନ ବା ଚିନ୍ତା ଧର୍ମତାତ୍ତ୍ଵିକ ଅନ୍ଧ ବିଶ୍ଵାସ ଦ୍ଵାରା ପରିଚାଳିତ ହୋଇଥାଏ। କଷ୍ଟେ ଏହି ସ୍ତରକୁ ପୁନଶ୍ଚ ୪ ଟି ଉପସ୍ତରରେ ବିଭାଜିତ କରିଛନ୍ତି ଯଥା: ଫେଟିସ୍‌ବାଦ, ଆରୋପୋମରଫିବାଦ, ବହୁ ଈଶ୍ବରବାଦ ଏବଂ ଏକେଶ୍ବରବାଦ। ଏହିସ୍ତର ସଭ୍ୟତାର ଆରମ୍ଭରୁ ୧୩୦୦ ଖ୍ରୀଷ୍ଟାବ୍ଦ ପୂର୍ବ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟନ୍ତ ତିଷ୍ଠି ରହିଥିଲା।

Question ୩।
ଆଧ୍ୟାମ୍ବିକ ସ୍ତର କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
କମ୍‌ଙ୍କ ତ୍ରିସ୍ତରୀୟ ନିୟମର ଦ୍ଵିତୀୟ ସ୍ତର ହେଉଛି ଆଧାମ୍ବିକ ସ୍ତର। ଏହି ସ୍ତର ୧୩୦୦ ଖ୍ରୀଷ୍ଟାବ୍ଦରୁ ୧୮୦୦ ଖ୍ରୀଷ୍ଟାବ୍ଦ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ତିଷ୍ଠି ରହିଥିଲା ବୋଲି କସ୍ଟେଙ୍କ ମତ। ଏହି ସ୍ତରରେ ଲୋକମାନେ ବିଶ୍ଵାସ କରୁଥିଲେ ଯେ, ଏକ ଅମୂର୍ଖ ବା ଅରୂପ ଶକ୍ତି ବିଶ୍ବର ସମସ୍ତ ଘଟଣାର କର୍ତ୍ତା। ଏହି ସ୍ତରର ଲୋକମାନେ ପୂର୍ଣ ଈଶ୍ବରଙ୍କ ଠାରେ ବିଶ୍ଵାସ କରୁନଥିଲେ। ଏହି ସ୍ତରରେ ମାନବୀୟ ପ୍ରଜ୍ଞାର କିଛି ପରିମାଣରେ ଉନ୍ନତି ଘଟିଥିଲା। ଏହା ମଧ୍ୟ ସ୍ତର ଭାବେ ପରିଚିତ ଅଟେ।

Question ୪।
ବୈଜ୍ଞାନିକ ସ୍ତର କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
କମ୍‌ଙ୍କ ତ୍ରିସ୍ତରୀୟ ନିୟମର ଶେଷ ଓ ଓବୁଠୁ ଉନ୍ନତ ସ୍ତର ହେଉଛି ବୈଜ୍ଞାନିକ ସ୍ତର । କମ୍ପେଙ୍କ ମତରେ ମାନବୀୟ ଚିନ୍ତା ଓ ମାନବ ମନର ବିକାଶ ଏହା ଶେଷ ସ୍ତର ଅଟେ । ଏହି ସ୍ତର ୧୮୦୦ ଖ୍ରୀଷ୍ଟାବ୍ଦ ପରେ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇଛି । ଏହି ସ୍ତରରେ ବିଜ୍ଞାନରେ ବିଶ୍ଵାସ ବୃଦ୍ଧି ପାଇଥାଏ । ଏହି ସ୍ତରର ଲୋକମାନେ ଧର୍ମତାତ୍ତ୍ଵିକ ଅନ୍ଧବିଶ୍ଵାସ ଓ ଆଧ୍ୟାତ୍ମିକ ସ୍ତରର ଅମୂର୍ଖତା ଦ୍ଵାରା ପରିଚାଳିତ ନହୋଇ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ଉପରେ ପ୍ରଧାନ୍ୟ ଦେଇଥାନ୍ତି । ଏହି ସ୍ତରରେ ବୈଜ୍ଞାନିକ ଓ ଶିଳ୍ପପତିମାନଙ୍କର ପ୍ରାଧାନ୍ୟ ଦେଖାଯାଇଥାଏ । ଆଇନ୍ ପ୍ରତିଷ୍ଠା ପାଇଁ ମନୁଷ୍ୟମାନେ ଏହି ସ୍ତରରେ ପ୍ରକୃତି ଏବଂ ମାନବୀୟତାକୁ ବସ୍ତୁନିଷ୍ଠ ଭାବେ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ କରିଥାନ୍ତି ।

Question ୫।
ଧର୍ମତାତ୍ତ୍ଵିକ ସ୍ତରର ଉପସ୍ତରଗୁଡ଼ିକ କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
କଙ୍କ ତ୍ରିସ୍ତରୀୟ ନିୟମର ପ୍ରଥମ ସ୍ତରକୁ ଧର୍ମତାତ୍ତ୍ଵିକ ସ୍ତର କୁହାଯାଏ। ଏହି ସ୍ତର ସଭ୍ୟତା ଆରମ୍ଭରୁ ୧୩୦୦ ଖ୍ରୀଷ୍ଟାବ୍ଦ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟନ୍ତ ଦୀର୍ଘ ସମୟ ଧରି ତଣ୍ଡି ରହିଥୁଲା କମ୍‌ ଏହି ସ୍ତରକୁ ୪ ଟି ଉପସ୍ତରରେ ବିଭାଜିତ କରିଥିଲେ। ଯଥା; ଫେଟିସବାଦ, ଆଟ୍ରୋପୋମାର୍ପିତବାଦ, ବହୁ ଈଶ୍ବର ବାଦ ଓ ଏକେଶ୍ବରବାଦ। ଫେଟିସବାଦ ବିଶ୍ଵାସ କରିଥାଏ ଯେ, ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ନିର୍ଜୀବ ଜିନିଷରେ କୌଣସି ନା କୌଣସି ସ୍ପିରିଟ୍ ବା ଜୀବିତ ଆତ୍ମା ବା ସଭ୍ୟ ରହିଥାଏ। ଅନ୍ୟ ଅର୍ଥରେ କହିଲେ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ଜୀବିତ ଓ ନିର୍ଜୀବ ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟର ଈଶ୍ୱରୀୟ ସତ୍ତା ରହିଥାଏ। ଏହାପରେ ମାନବ ଚିନ୍ତାରେ ବିକାଶ ଘଟି ମନଷ୍ୟ ଦ୍ବିତୀୟ ସ୍ତରରେ ପହଞ୍ଚିଲା ଯାହାକି ଆଡ୍ରୋପୋମର୍ଦିବାଦ ନାମରେ ପରିଚିତ। ଏହି ସ୍ତରରେ ଈଶ୍ଵରୀୟ ସତ୍ତାର ମାନବୀୟ ଆକାର ବିଷୟରେ କଳ୍ପନା କରାଗଲା। ସମୟ କ୍ରମେ ମନୁଷ୍ୟ ଚିନ୍ତାରେ ପୁନଶ୍ଚ ବିକାଶ ଘଟି ସେ ଏକାଧିକ ଈଶ୍ଵରଙ୍କର ଅବସ୍ଥିତି ବିଶ୍ଵାସ କଲା ଯାହା ବହୁ ଈଶ୍ବରବାଦ ଅଟେ। ପୁଣି ସମୟକ୍ରମେ ତା’ର ଚିନ୍ତାର ବିକାଶ ଘଟିବାରୁ ସେ ଏକ ଈଶ୍ଵରରେ ବିଶ୍ଵାସ କଲା ଯାହା ଏକେଶ୍ଵରବାଦ।

Question ୬।
ଦୁର୍ଗାଇମ୍‌ଙ୍କ ଆତ୍ମହାତ୍ୟା ତତ୍ତ୍ୱ କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
ପ୍ରଖ୍ୟାତ ଫରାସୀ ସମାଜବିଜ୍ଞାନୀ ଇମାଇଲ୍ ଦୁର୍ଗାଇମ୍ ୧୮୯୭ ମସିହାରେ ଲି ସୁଇସାଇଡ୍ ନାମକ ଏକ ପୁସ୍ତକ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରିଥିଲେ। ତାଙ୍କ ମତରେ ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟା ନିଜକୁ ହତ୍ୟା କରିବାର ଏକ ସାମାଜିକ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ। ଏହା ଏକ ସାମାଜିକ ସତ୍ୟ, ତାଙ୍କ ମତରେ ସମାଜ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ଠାରେ ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟା ଜନିତ ଏକ ପ୍ରବଣତା ସୃଷ୍ଟି କରେ ଯାହାଦ୍ଵାରା ପ୍ରଭାବିତ ହୋଇ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟା କରେ। ଦୁର୍ଗାଇମ୍ ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟାର ୪ଟି ପ୍ରକାର ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧରେ ଉଲ୍ଲେଖ କରିଛନ୍ତି। ଯଥା : ଅହଂବାଦୀ, ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟା, ପରାର୍ଥବାଦୀ ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟା, ଆନୋମିକ୍ ବା ନିୟମଶୂନ୍ୟତା ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟା ଏବଂ ଭାଗ୍ୟବାଦୀ ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟା।

Question ୬।
ଅହଂବାଦୀ ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟା କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
ସମାଜବିଜ୍ଞାନୀ ଇମାଇଲ୍ ଦୁର୍ଗାଇମ୍ ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟା ମତବାଦ ପ୍ରଦାନ କରିଛନ୍ତି। ତାଙ୍କ ମତରେ ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟା ଏକ ସାମାଜିକ ସତ୍ୟ। ସାମାଜିକ ସଂହତି ଓ ସାମାଜିକ ନିୟମ ଭିତ୍ତିରେ ସେ ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟାକୁ ଚାରି ଭାଗରେ ବର୍ଗୀକରଣ କରିଛନ୍ତି। ଏହି ବର୍ଗୀକରଣ ମଧ୍ୟରୁ ଅହଂବାଦୀ ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟା ଏକ ପ୍ରକାର ଅଟେ। ଯେତେବେଳେ ଜଣେ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିର ସମାଜ ସହିତ ସଂହତି ନିମ୍ନ ବା ଦୁର୍ବଳ ହୋଇପଡ଼େ ସେ ଯେଉଁ ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟା କରେ ତାହାକୁ ଅହଂବାଦୀ ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟା କୁହାଯାଏ। ଏହି ସମୟରେ ସେ ସମୂହ ସହିତ ସଂପୂର୍ଣ ଯୋଡ଼ି ନହେବାର ଅନୁଭବ କରେ। ଏହି ପ୍ରକାର ନଯୋଡ଼ି ହେବାର ଭାବନା ତା ମଧ୍ୟରେ ହାତଶଭାବ ସୃଷ୍ଟି କରେ ଓ ସେ ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟା କରେ।

Question ୮।
ପରାର୍ଥବାଦୀ ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟା କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
ଫରାସୀ ସମାଜବିଜ୍ଞାନୀ ଦୁର୍ଗାଇମ୍ ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟା ତତ୍ତ୍ୱ ପ୍ରଦାନ କରିଛନ୍ତ। ତାଙ୍କ ମତରେ ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟା ଏକ ସାମାଜିକ ସତ୍ୟ। ସାମାଜିକ ସଂହତି ଓ ନିୟମ ଭିଭିରେ ସେ ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟାକୁ ୪ ଭାଗରେ ବର୍ଗୀକରଣ କରିଛନ୍ତି ଓ ସେଥିମଧ୍ୟରୁ ପରାର୍ଥବାଦୀ ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟା ଏକ ପ୍ରକାର। ଯେତେବେଳେ ସାମାଜିକ ସଂହତି ଅତ୍ୟଧ୍ବକ ଦୃଢ଼ ହୋଇଥାଏ. ସେତେବେଳେ ଯଦି ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟା କରେ ତାହାକୁ ପରାର୍ଥବାଦୀ ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟା କୁହାଯାଏ। ଯୁଦ୍ଧ ସମୟରେ ସୈନିକ ଦେଶ ପାଇଁ ଜୀବନ ଦେବା ପରାର୍ଥବାଦୀ ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟାର ଏକ ଉଦାହରଣ ଅଟେ।

Question ୯।
ଆନୋମିକ୍ ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟା କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
ଦୁର୍ଗାଇମ ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟା ତନ୍ତ୍ର ପ୍ରଦାନ କରିଛନ୍ତି। ତାଙ୍କ ମତରେ ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟା ଏକ ସାମାଜିକ ସତ୍ୟ। ସେ ସାମାଜିକ ସଂହତି ଓ ନିୟମ ଭିତ୍ତିରେ ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟାକୁ ୪ ଭାଗରେ ବିଭକ୍ତ କରିଛନ୍ତି। ଏହି ୪ ପ୍ରକାର ମଧ୍ୟରୁ ଆନୋମିକ୍ ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟା ଏକ ପ୍ରକାର। ସମାଜରେ ନିୟମ ଶୂନ୍ୟତା ଦେଖାଦେଲେ ଏ ପ୍ରକାର ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟା ଦେଖାଯାଇଥାଏ। ସମାଜିକ ନିୟମ ଦୁର୍ବଳ ହୋଇ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ଉପରେ ନିୟନ୍ତ୍ରଣ ହରାଇଲେ ଏହି ପ୍ରକାର ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟା ଦେଖାଯାଏ। ଆର୍ଥିକ ଓ ଶିକଭିଭିକ ବିପଦ ସମୟରେ ଏ ପ୍ରକାର ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟା ଦେଖାଯାଇଥାଏ।

Question ୧୦।
ଜାତି ଉପରେ ଘୂରେଙ୍କ ମତ ସଂକ୍ଷେପରେ ଦିଅ।
Answer:
ଜାତି ବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥା ହିନ୍ଦୁ ସମାଜର ଏକ ଗୁରୁତ୍ଵପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ଅନୁଷ୍ଠାନ। ବିଭିନ୍ନ ଦୃଷ୍ଟିରୁ ବିଭିନ୍ନ ଚିନ୍ତାନାୟକମାନେ ଏହାର ଅଧ୍ୟୟନ କରିଛନ୍ତି। ସେମାନଙ୍କ ମଧ୍ୟରୁ ପ୍ରଫେସର ଜି.ଏସ୍. ଦୂରେ ଅନ୍ୟତମ। ସେ ଜାତି ବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥାକୁ ସମାଜତାତ୍ତ୍ଵିକ ଓ ଇଣ୍ଡୋଲୋଜିକାଲ୍ ଦୃଷ୍ଟିରୁ ଅଧ୍ୟୟନ କରିଛନ୍ତି। ସେ ତାଙ୍କ ରଚିତ ପୁସ୍ତକ “କାଷ୍ଟ ଆଣ୍ଡ ରେସ୍‌ଇନ୍ ଇଣ୍ଡିଆ”ରେ ତାଙ୍କ ମତ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରିଛନ୍ତି। ସେ ଜାତି ବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥାକୁ ଐତିହାସିକ ଓ ତୁଳନାତ୍ମକ ଦୃଷ୍ଟିରୁ ଅଧ୍ୟୟନ କରିଛନ୍ତି। ତାଙ୍କ ମତରେ ଜାତି ହେଉଛି ଏକ କ୍ଷୁଦ୍ର ସଂପର୍ଣ୍ଣ ବିଶ୍ବ ପରି। ସେ ଜାତିର ସୃଷ୍ଟି ପ୍ରଜାତିକୁ ବୋଲି ମତ ଦେଇଛନ୍ତି। ଏହି ବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥା ବ୍ରାହ୍ମଣ ବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥା ସହିତ ଜଡ଼ିତ ଆର୍ଯ୍ୟମାନଙ୍କ ବିଜୟ ଦ୍ଵାରା ଏହି ବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥା ସୃଷ୍ଟି ହୋଇଛି।

Question ୧୧।
ଘୂରେ ପ୍ରଦାନ କରିଥିବା ଜାତିର ଲକ୍ଷଣଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଦର୍ଶାଅ।
Answer:
ପ୍ରଫେସର ଘୂରେଙ୍କ ମତରେ ଜାତି ବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥାରେ ନିମ୍ନଲିଖତ ଲକ୍ଷଣମାନ ରହିଛି।
(୧) ସମାଜର କ୍ଷୁଦ୍ର ବିଭାଜନ
(୨) ସ୍ତରୀକରଣ
(୩) ଅର୍ନ୍ତବିବାହ
(୪) ପବିତ୍ରତା ଓ ଅପବିତ୍ରାର ନିୟମ
(୫) ବୃତ୍ତି ନିର୍ବାଚନରେ ବାଧା
(୬) ଭିନ୍ନ ଭିନ୍ନ ନାଗରିକ ଓ ଧାର୍ମିକ ସୁବିଧା ସୁଯୋଗ ଓ ବାଧା

Question ୧୨।
ସଂସ୍କୃତିକରଣ ଉପରେ ଏକ କ୍ଷୁଦ୍ର ଟିପ୍‌ପଣୀ ଦିଅ।
Answer:
ପ୍ରଖ୍ୟାତ ଭାରତୀୟ ସମାଜିବିଜ୍ଞାନୀ ସଂସ୍କୃତିକରଣ ସଂପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ ପ୍ରଦାନ କରିଛନ୍ତି। ସେ ତାଙ୍କ ରଚିତ ପୁସ୍ତକ ‘ଦୁର୍ଗସମାନଙ୍କ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ଧର୍ମ ଏବଂ ସମାଜ’ ପୁସ୍ତକରେ ଏହି ସଂମ୍ପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ ବିଷୟରେ ଉଲ୍ଲେଖ କରିଛନ୍ତି। ଭାରତୀୟ ପାରମ୍ପାରିକ ସମାଜରେ ସାମାଜିକ ସାଂସ୍କୃତିକ ସଞ୍ଚଳନତା ବା ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନକୁ ବ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟା କରିବା ପାଇଁ ସେ ଏହି ସଂପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟର ବ୍ୟବହାର କରିଛନ୍ତି । ତାଙ୍କରେ ମତରେ ଯେଉଁ ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟା ସମୂହମାନ ସେମାନଙ୍କ ପ୍ରଥା, କର୍ମକାଣ୍ଡ, ମତବାଦ ଓ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ କରିଥାଏ। ତାହାକୁ ସଂସ୍କୃତିକରଣ କୁହାଯାଏ।” ସଦସ୍ୟ ଘୃଣ୍ୟ ଓ ଅପବିତ୍ର, ପ୍ରଥା ତ୍ୟାଗ କରି ଉଚ୍ଚ ଜାତିର ପ୍ରଥା ତା’ର ପ୍ରସ୍ଥିତିରେ ଉନ୍ନତି ଆସିବ ବୋଲି ବିଚାର କରିଥାଏ।

Question ୧୩।
ବ୍ରାହ୍ମଣୀ କରଣ କ’ଣ ?
ଦ୍ବାରା “ଜଣେ ନୀଚ ହିନ୍ଦୁ ଜାତି ବା ଜନଜାତି ବା ଅନ୍ୟ ଜୀବନ ଶୈଳୀରେ ଏକ ଦ୍ଵିଜ ଉଚ୍ଚ ଜାତିର ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦେଶରେ ଏହି ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟା ଦ୍ଵାରା ପ୍ରଭାବିତ ହୋଇ ଜଣେ ନୀଚ୍ଚ ଜାତିର ବା ଜୀବନ ଶୈଳୀକୁ ଅବଲମ୍ବନ କରିଥାଏ ଓ ଏହାଦ୍ଵାରା ଊ. ବ୍ରାହ୍ମଣୀକରଣ ସଂପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟଟି ପ୍ରଥମେ ଏମ.ଏନ୍. ଶ୍ରୀନିବାସ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରିଥିଲେ। ଶ୍ରୀ ନିବାସୀ ତାଙ୍କ ରଚିତ ପୁସ୍ତକ ମହୀଶ୍ଵର “ କୁର୍ଗସ୍ ମାନଙ୍କ ଧର୍ମ ଓ ସାମାଜ” ପୁସ୍ତକରେ ସେ ଏହି ଶବ୍ଦର ବ୍ୟବହାର କରିଥିଲେ। ମହୀଶ୍ଵର କୁର୍ଗସ ମାନଙ୍କୁ ଅଧ୍ୟୟନ କରିବା ସମୟରେ ସେ ଦେଖିବାକୁ ପାଇଲେ ଯେ, ଏହି ଅଞ୍ଚଳର ନୀଚ୍ଚ ଜାତିର ଲୋକମାନେ ଜାତି ସ୍ତରୀକରଣରେ ସେମାନଙ୍କର ସ୍ଥିତି ବୃଦ୍ଧି କରିବା ପାଇଁ ସେମାନଙ୍କର କେତେକ ପ୍ରଥାକୁ ତ୍ୟାଗ କରି ବ୍ରାହ୍ମମଣମାନଙ୍କର କେତେକ ପ୍ରଥା ବା ଜୀବନ ଶୈଳୀକୁ ଅନୁକରଣ କରୁଛନ୍ତି। ସେମାନେ ମାଂସ ଖାଇବା, ମଦ ପିଇବାକୁ ଛାଡ଼ି ବ୍ରାହ୍ମଣମାନଙ୍କୁ ଖାଦ୍ୟ ଶୈଳୀ ଅନୁକରଣ କରୁଛନ୍ତି ଏହା କରି ଗୋଟିଏ ବା ଦୁଇ ପିଢ଼ୀରେ ସେମାନେ ଉଚ୍ଚ ପ୍ରସ୍ଥିତି ପାଇପାରିବେ। ଏହି ପ୍ରକାର ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟାକୁ ବୁଝାଇବା ପାଇଁ ଶ୍ରୀନିବାସ ବ୍ରାହ୍ମଣକରଣ ସଂପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ ବ୍ୟବହାର କଲେ।

Question ୧୪।
ସଂସ୍କୃତିକରଣର ଲକ୍ଷଣ ଲେଖ।
Answer:
(୧) ସଂସ୍କୃତିକରଣ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ଏକ ଦେଶୀୟ ଉତ୍ସ।
(୨) ଏହା ଭାରତୀୟ ସମାଜର ସାମାଜିକ ଓ ସାଂସ୍କୃତିକ ସଞ୍ଚଳନତାକୁ ବୁଝାଏ।
(୩) ଏହା ଏକ ଦ୍ଵିପାକ୍ଷିକ ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟା ଅଟେ।
(୪) ଏହା ସଂରଚନାତ୍ମକ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ଅର୍ନ୍ତଭୁକ୍ତ କରିଥାଏ।

Question ୧୫।
ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣର ଲକ୍ଷଣଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଦର୍ଶଅ।
Answer:
(୧) ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ଏକ ଆଖର ବିଷୟ ଅଟେ।
(୨) ଏହା ଏକ ସୁବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥିତ ପଦ୍ଧତି।
(୩) ଏହାର ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟ ରହିଥାଏ।
(୪) ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ବସ୍ତୁନିଷ୍ଠ ଅଟେ।
(୫) ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ସର୍ବଦା ଉପକଳ୍ପନା ଦ୍ଵାରା ପରିଚାଳିତ।
(୬) ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣର ଫଳକୁ ପୁନଃପରୀକ୍ଷା କରାଯାଇପାରିବ।

Question ୧୬।
ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
ସାମାଜିକ ଗବେଷଣ କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ ତଥ୍ୟ ସଂଗ୍ରହ ପାଇଁ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହେଉଥିବା ପଦ୍ଧତିଗୁଡ଼ିକ ମଧ୍ୟରୁ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ଅନ୍ୟତମ। ପ୍ରାକୃତିକ ବିଜ୍ଞାନରେ ମଧ୍ୟ ଏହାର ବହୁଳ ବ୍ୟବହାର ଦେଖିବାକୁ ମିଳିଥାଏ। ସାମାଜିକ ସମସ୍ୟାଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଅଧ୍ୟୟନ କରିବାର ଏହା ଏକ ପଦ୍ଧତି। ଗବେଷଣା କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରୁ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷକ. ଏହି ପଦ୍ଧତିକୁ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରି ପ୍ରାଥମିକ ତଥ୍ୟ ସଂଗ୍ରହ କରେ ଏକ ଘଟଣାକୁ ସୁବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥିତି ଭାବେ ଦେଖିବା ବା ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ କରିବା ଏହାର ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟ। କେତେକ ସଯୋଜିତ ଯୋଜନା ମାଧ୍ୟମରେ ବାସ୍ତବ ଜୀବନ ପରିସ୍ଥିତିକୁ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ କରିବାର ଏହା ଏକ ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟା ଅଟେ। ଏହା ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିର ବାହ୍ୟ ଚରିତ୍ରକୁ ମୂଲ୍ୟାଙ୍କନ କରିବାରେ ବ୍ୟବହାର ହୋଇଥାଏ।

Question ୧୭।
ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣର ପ୍ରକାରଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଲେଖ।
Answer:
ସାମାଜିକ ଗବେଷଣ ତଥ୍ୟ ସଂଗ୍ରହର ଏଖ ପ୍ରମୁଖ ପଦ୍ଧତି ହେଉଛି ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ। ଏହି ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ପଦ୍ଧତି ବିଭିନ୍ନ ପ୍ରକାରର ଅଟେ; ଯଥା-
(୧) ଅଂଶଗ୍ରହଣ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ
(୨) ଅଣ-ଅଂଶଗ୍ରହଣ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ
(୩) ମିଶ୍ରିତ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ
(୪) ନିୟନ୍ତ୍ରିତ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ଓ
(୫) ଅଣ ନିୟନ୍ତ୍ରଣ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ

Question ୧୮।
ଅଂଶଗ୍ରହଣ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣର ଉପକାରିତାଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଦର୍ଶାଅ।
Answer:
(୧) ପ୍ରାକୃତିକ ଚରିତ୍ର ବା ପରିସ୍ଥିତିରେ ଅଧ୍ୟୟନ ସମ୍ଭବ।
(୨) ସଠିକ୍ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ସମ୍ଭବ ହୋଇଥାଏ।
(୩) ଅଂଶଗ୍ରହଣକାରୀ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷକକୁ ସମୂହ ସ୍ଵାଗତ କରିଥାଏ।
(୪) ସଂପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ଅଧ୍ୟୟନ ସମ୍ଭବ ହୋଇଥାଏ।
(୫) ଯେଉଁ ବିଷୟଗୁଡ଼ିକ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ପାଇଁ ମୁକ୍ତ ନୁହେଁ ତା’ର ଅଧ୍ୟୟନ ସମ୍ଭବ ହୋଇଥାଏ।

Question ୧୯।
ଅଂଶଗ୍ରହଣକାରୀ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣର ଅପକାରିତା ଦର୍ଶାଅ।
Answer:
(୧) ଭାଗବତ ଅଂଶଗ୍ରହଣ ଦ୍ଵାରା ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣର ବସ୍ତୁନିଷ୍ଠତା ନଷ୍ଟ ହୋଇଥାଏ।
(୨) ବୃହତ୍ ସମୂହ କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ ଏହି ପଦ୍ଧତିର ବ୍ୟବହାର ସମ୍ଭବ ନୁହେଁ !
(୩) ସମସ୍ତ ଘଟଣା (ଯଥା ଚୋରୀ) ଏହି ପଦ୍ଧତି ମାଧ୍ୟମରେ ଅଧ୍ୟୟନ ସମ୍ଭବ ନୁହେଁ।
(୪) ନିବିଡ଼ତା ଯୋଗୁଁ ଅନେକ ଘଟଣାକୁ ଛାଡ଼ି ଦିଆଯାଇଥାଏ।
(୫) ଅଂଶଗ୍ରହଣ ଅନେକ ସମୟରେ କଳି ସୃଷ୍ଟି କରିଥାଏ।

Question ୨୦।
ଅଂଶଗ୍ରହଣକାରୀ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ତଥ୍ୟ ସଂଗ୍ରହର ଏକ ପଦ୍ଧତି। ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣର ବିଭିନ୍ନ ପ୍ରକାର ମଧ୍ୟରୁ ଅଂଶଗ୍ରହଣକାରୀ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ଅଧ୍ୟୟନ କରିବାକୁ ଚାହୁଁଥ‌ିବା ସମୂହ ସହିତ ମିଶି କରି ବା ଅଂଶଗ୍ରହଣ କରି ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ କରିଥାଏ, ତାକୁ ଅଂଶଗ୍ରହଣକାରୀ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ କହନ୍ତି ଏଥରେ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷକ ମୁକ୍ତ ଭାବେ ସମୂହ ସହିତ ମିଶି ଉତ୍ତମ ସଂପର୍କ ସ୍ଥାପନ କରି ସେମାନଙ୍କ ଠାରୁ ସଠିକ୍ ତଥ୍ୟ ସଂଗ୍ରହ କରିଥାଏ।

Question ୨୧।
ଅଣ ଅଂଶଗ୍ରହଣକାରୀ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣର ବିଭିନ୍ନ ପ୍ରକାର ମଧ୍ୟରୁ ଅଣ-ଅଂଶଗ୍ରହଣକାରୀ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ଏକ ପ୍ରକାର ଅଟେ। ଯେତେବେଳେ ଜଣେ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷକ ଅଧ୍ୟୟନ କରିବାକୁ ଚାହୁଁଥିବା ସମୂହରେ ଅଂଶଗ୍ରହଣ ନକରି ଦୂରରେ ରହି ତା’ର କାର୍ଯ୍ୟକଳାପ ଓ ପ୍ରଥା ପରମ୍ପରା ଆଦିକୁ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ କରେ ସେହି ପ୍ରକାର ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣକୁ ଅଣ ଅଂଶଗ୍ରହଣକାରୀ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ କୁହାଯାଏ। ଏ ପ୍ରକାର ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣରେ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷକ ଏକ ସଂପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ନିରପେକ୍ଷ ପ୍ରସ୍ଥିତି ଅବଲମ୍ବନ କରେ ଯାହାକି ତାକୁ ସେହି ସମୂହକୁ ସଂପୂର୍ଣ ସଠିକ୍ ଭାବେ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ କରିବାରେ ସହାୟକ ହୋଇଥାଏ। ଅବଶ୍ୟ ଏକ ସଂପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ଅଣ ଅଂଶଗ୍ରହଣକାରୀ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ଏକ ଅସମ୍ଭବ ବିଷୟ। ଏ ପ୍ରକାର ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣରେ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷକ ସମୂହରେ ଅଂଶ ଗ୍ରହଣ କରେ ନାହିଁ କି ତାକୁ କୌଣସି ଉପାୟରେ ପ୍ରଭାବିତ କରେ ନାହିଁ।

Question ୨୨।
ଅଣ-ଅଂଶଗ୍ରହଣକାରୀ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣର ଉପକାରିତାଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଦର୍ଶାଅ।
Answer:
(୧) ଏଥରେ ନିରପେକ୍ଷ ଅଧ୍ୟୟନ ସମ୍ଭବ ହୋଇଥାଏ।
( ୨) ଏହି ପଦ୍ଧତିରେ ଛୋଟ ଛୋଟ ଜିନିଷର ଯତ୍ନଶୀଳ ବ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟା ସମ୍ଭବ ହୋଇଥାଏ।
(୩) ନିରପେକ୍ଷ ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତି ଯୋଗୁଁ ଗବେଷଣା କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ସହଜ ହୋଇଥାଏ।
(୪) ଅଜଣା ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ଭାବେ ଗୁପ୍ତ ତଥ୍ୟ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରିବାକୁ ଲୋକ ସହଜ ମଣନ୍ତି।
(୫) ସଂଗୃହିତ ତଥ୍ୟ ନିର୍ଭରଯୋଗ୍ୟ ହୋଇଥାଏ।

Question ୨୩।
ଅଣ-ଅଂଶଗ୍ରହଣକାରୀ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣର ଅପକାରିତାଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଦର୍ଶାଅ।
Answer:
(୧) ଏହି ପଦ୍ଧତି ଦ୍ଵାରା ପ୍ରାକୃତିକ ଅବସ୍ଥାରେ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ସମ୍ଭବ ନୁହେଁ।
(୨) ଏହି ପଦ୍ଧତି ଦ୍ଵାରା ସଂଗୃହିତ ତଥ୍ୟ ଯଥେଷ୍ଟ ଓ ନିର୍ଭରଯୋଗ୍ୟ ନୁହେଁ ।
(୩) ଏହି ପଦ୍ଧତିରେ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷକ ନିଜର ସନ୍ଦେହ ଦୂର କରି ନପାରି ଅନେକ ସମୟରେ ଭୁଲ୍ ଧାରଣା ଆପଣେଇଥାଏ।
(୪) ଏହି ପଦ୍ଧତି ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷକ ପ୍ରତି ଲୋକମାନେ ସନ୍ଦେହ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରିଥାନ୍ତି।

Question ୨୪।
ମିଶ୍ରିତ ଅଂଶଗ୍ରହଣ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
ଗବେଷଣାରେ ତଥ୍ୟ ହାସଲ ପାଇଁ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ପଦ୍ଧତି ମଧ୍ଯରୁ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ଏକ ପ୍ରମୁଖ ପଦ୍ଧତି। ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ପଦ୍ଧତିର ବିଭିନ୍ନ ପ୍ରକାର ମଧ୍ୟରୁ ମିଶ୍ରିତ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ଏକ ପ୍ରକାର ଅଟେ। ସମାଜବିଜ୍ଞାନୀମାନଙ୍କ ମତରେ ଏକ ସଂପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ଅଂଶଗ୍ରହଣ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ଓ ସଂପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ଅଣ ଅଂଶଗ୍ରହଣ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ସଂପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ଅସମ୍ଭବ। ତେଣୁ ଅନେକ ସମୟରେ ସମାଜବିଜ୍ଞାନୀମାନେ ଉଭୟ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣର ମିଶ୍ରଣରେ ତଥ୍ୟ ସଂଗୃହିତ କରିଥାନ୍ତି। ଏହି ଉଭୟ ପ୍ରକାର ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ପଦ୍ଧତିର ମିଶ୍ରଣକୁ ମିଶ୍ରିତ ଅଂଶଗ୍ରହଣ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ କହାଯାଏ।

Question ୨୫।
ନିୟନ୍ତ୍ରିତ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
ଗବେଷଣା କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ ତଥ୍ୟ ସଂଗ୍ରହ ପାଇଁ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ପଦ୍ଧତିଗୁଡ଼ିକ ମଧ୍ୟରୁ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ଏକ ପ୍ରମୁଖ ପଦ୍ଧତି। ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ପଦ୍ଧତିର ବିଭିନ୍ନ ପ୍ରକାର ମଧ୍ୟରୁ ନିୟନ୍ତ୍ରିତ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ଅନ୍ୟତମ। ସାମାଜିକ ଗବେଷଣାକୁ ଅଧୁକ ବସ୍ତୁନିଷ୍ଠ ଓ ସଂକ୍ଷିପ୍ତ କରିବା ପାଇଁ ଏହି ପଦ୍ଧତି ବା କୌଶଳର ବିକାଶ କରାଯାଇ। ପକ୍ଷପାତିତା ଏବଂ ବାହ୍ୟକାରକଗୁଡ଼ିକର ପ୍ରଭାବକୁ ନିୟନ୍ତ୍ରଣ କରିବା ଏହାର ମୁଖ୍ୟ ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟ। ବୈଧ ସାଧାରଣୀକରଣରେ ଉପନୀତ ହେବାରେ ଏହା ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷକକୁ ସାହାଯ୍ୟ କରେ। ପକ୍ଷପାତିତାଙ୍କୁ ନିୟନ୍ତ୍ରଣ କରିବା ପାଇଁ ଏହି ପଦ୍ଧତିରେ ଦୁଇ ପ୍ରକାରର ନିୟନ୍ତ୍ରଣ ଜାରି କରାଯାଏ ଯଥା ପର୍ଯବେକ୍ଷଣ କରାଯାଉଥିବା ଘଟଣା ଉପରେ ନିୟନ୍ତ୍ରଣ ଏବଂ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷକ ଉପରେ ନିୟନ୍ତ୍ରଣ।

Question ୨୬।
ଅଣି ନିୟନ୍ତ୍ରଣ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ଗବେଷଣା କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ଏକ ପଦ୍ଧତି ଅଟେ। ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣର ବିଭିନ୍ନ ପଦ୍ଧତି ମଧ୍ଯରୁ ଅଣନିୟନ୍ତ୍ରିତ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ଏକ ପ୍ରକାର। ଏହି ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ଏକ ପ୍ରାକୃତିକ ପରିସ୍ଥିତିରେ କରାଯାଏ ତାହାକୁ ଅଣ ନିୟନ୍ତ୍ରିତ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ କୁହାଯାଏ। ଏଥିରେ ବାହାର କାରିଗର କୌଣସି ପ୍ରଭାବ ଅନୁଭୂତ ହୋଇନଥାଏ। ଏଥିରେ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷକ ଓ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷିତ ହେଉଥିବା ଘଟଣା ଉପରେ କୌଣସି ନିୟନ୍ତ୍ରଣ ଜାରି କରାଯାଏ ନାହିଁ।

Question ୨୭।
ପ୍ରଶ୍ନବଳୀ ବା ଦ୍ବେଷ୍ଟନାୟାର କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
ସାମାଜିକ ଗବେଷଣା କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ବିଭିନ୍ନ ପଦ୍ଧତି ମଧ୍ଯରୁ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନବଳୀ ଏକ ଜନପ୍ରିୟ ପଦ୍ଧତି। ଏହି ପଦ୍ଧତି ମୁଖ୍ୟତଃ ଯେତେବେଳେ ତଥ୍ୟ ପ୍ରଦାନକାରୀ ଏକ ବୃହତ୍ ଅଞ୍ଚଳରେ ବିଚ୍ଛୁରିତ ହୋଇ ରହିଥାନ୍ତି ସେତେବେଳେ ଏହି ପଦ୍ଧତି ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଇଥାଏ। ସାଧାରଣତଃ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନବଳୀ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନମାନଙ୍କର ଏକ ଚିଠାକୁ ବୁଝାଇଥାଏ। ଯାହାକୁ ସୁବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥିତ ଭାବେ ସଜ୍ଜିତ ହୋଇ ରହିଥାଏ ଯାହା ମାଧ୍ୟମରେ ଗବେଷକ ତଥ୍ୟ ସଂଗ୍ରହ କରିଥାଏ। ଏହି ପଦ୍ଧତିରେ ଗବେଷକ ଏହି ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ ଚିଠାକୁ ତଥ୍ୟ ପ୍ରଦାନକରୀ ପାଖକୁ ଡାକରେ ପ୍ରେରିତ କରିଥାଏ ଯିଏକି ଏହାକୁ ପୂରଣ କରି ପୁନଶ୍ଚ ଗବେଷକ ପାଖକୁ ଡାକରେ ପ୍ରେରିତ କରିଥାଏ ଯିଏକି ଏହାକୁ ପୂରଣ କରି ପୁନଶ୍ଚ ଗବେଷଣ ପାଖକୁ ଡାକରେ ଫେରାଇ ଦିଏ। ଏହି ପଦ୍ଧତିରେ ଗବେଷକ ନିଜେ ତଥ୍ୟ ପ୍ରଦାନକାରୀ ପାଖକୁ ଯାଏ ନାହିଁ।

Question ୨୮।
ଏକ ଭଲ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନବଳୀର ଲକ୍ଷଣଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଦର୍ଶାଅ।
Answer:
(୧) ପ୍ରଶ୍ନବଳୀ ଆକାରରେ କ୍ଷୁଦ୍ର ହେବା ଉଚିତ।
(୨) ଏଥରେ ବସ୍ତୁନିଷ୍ଠ ପ୍ରକାରର ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ ରହିବା ଉଚିତ।
(୩) ଏଥିରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ଭାଷା ସହଜ ଓ ଶବ୍ଦ ସଂକ୍ଷିପ୍ତ ହେବା ଉଚିତ।
(୪) ଏଥରେ ବିଷୟ ଭିତିକ ଶବ୍ଦର ବ୍ୟବହାର ହେବା ଉଚିତ ନୁହେଁ।
(୫) ଏଥିରେ ଥିବା ପ୍ରଶ୍ନଗୁଡ଼ିକ ସଠିକ୍ କ୍ରମରେ ସଜ୍ଜିତ ହେବା ଉଚିତ।
(୬) ଏହା ଆକର୍ଷଣୀୟ ଓ ବ୍ୟାପକ ହେବା ଉଚିତ।

Question ୨୯।
ପ୍ରଶ୍ନବଳୀର ପ୍ରକାରଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଦର୍ଶାଅ।
Answer:
ସାମାଜିକ ଗବେଷଣାରେ ତଥ୍ୟ ସଂଗ୍ରହ ପାଇଁ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ପଦ୍ଧତିଗୁଡ଼ିକ ମଧ୍ୟରୁ ପ୍ରଶାବଳୀ ଅନ୍ୟତମ। ଏହାର ବିଭିନ୍ନ ପ୍ରକାର ରହିଛି। ପି. ଭି. ୟଙ୍ଗଙ୍କ ମତରେ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନବଳୀ ତିନି ପ୍ରକାରର ଯଥା ସଂରଚିତ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନବଳୀ, ଅଣ ସଂରଚିତ ପ୍ରଶାବଳୀ ଏବଂ ଛବିଳ ପ୍ରଶାବଳୀ। ପୁନଶ୍ଚ ଜି.ଏ ଲୁଣ୍ଡବର୍ଗ ପ୍ରଶାବଳୀକୁ ଦୁଇ ଭାଗରେ ବିଭକ୍ତ କରିଛନ୍ତି; ଯଥା ମତାମତର ପ୍ରଶାବଳୀ।

Question ୩୦।
ପ୍ରଶ୍ନୋବଳୀର ଉପକାରିତା ଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଦର୍ଶାଅ।
Answer:
(୧) ଏହି ପଦ୍ଧତିରେ କମ୍ ଖର୍ଚ୍ଚରେ ତଥ୍ୟ ସଂଗ୍ରହ କରାଯାଇପାରେ।
(୨) ବୃହତ୍ ଅଞ୍ଚଳ୍ପ ଭିତିକ ଅଧ୍ୟୟନ ଗବେଷଣା ପାଇଁ ଏହି ପଦ୍ଧତି ଯୋଗ୍ୟ ଅଟେ।
(୩) ଏହି ପଦ୍ଧତି ମାଧ୍ୟମରେ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିଗତ ତଥ୍ୟ ସଂଗ୍ରହ ସହଜ ହୋଇଥାଏ।
(୪) ଏହି ପଦ୍ଧତି କମ୍ ସମୟ ଓ ପ୍ରଚେଷ୍ଟା ଆବଶ୍ୟକ ରହିଥାଏ।
(୫) ଏହି ପଦ୍ଧତି ମାଧ୍ୟମରେ ସଂଗୃହିତ ତଥ୍ୟ ନିର୍ଭରଯୋଗ୍ୟ ହୋଇଥାଏ।
(୬) ଏହା ଏକ ମହତ୍ ଓ ନମନୀୟ ପଦ୍ଧତି ଅଟେ।

Question ୩୧।
ପ୍ରଶ୍ନବଳୀର ଅପକାରିତାଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଦର୍ଶାଅ।
Answer:
ଗବେଷଣା କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ ତଥ୍ୟ ସଂଗ୍ରହର – ବିଭିନ୍ନ ପଦ୍ଧତି ମଧ୍ୟରୁ ଏହା ଏକ ଲୋକପ୍ରିୟ ପଦ୍ଧତି ଅଟେ । ପ୍ରଶାବଳୀ ପଦ୍ଧତିର ନିମ୍ନଲିଖତ ଅପକାରିତା ରହିଛି।
(୧) ଏହି ପଦ୍ଧତି ନିରକ୍ଷର ଲୋକଙ୍କ ଠାରୁ ତଥ୍ୟ ସଂଗ୍ରହ ପାଇଁ ବ୍ୟବହାର ହୋଇପାରିବିନି।
(୨) ଏହି ପଦ୍ଧତି ଦ୍ଵାରା ସଂଗୃହିତ ତଥ୍ୟ ବୈଧ ଓ ନିର୍ଭରଯୋଗ୍ୟ ନୁହେଁ।
(୩) ଏହି ପଦ୍ଧତିରେ ଅନେକ ଅସଂପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ହୋଇ ଫେରାଇ ଦିଆଯାଇଥାଏ।
(୪) ଏହି ପଦ୍ଧତିରେ ହସ୍ତଚାଳନା ବା ମନଇଚ୍ଛା ପୂରଣର ସୁଯୋଗ ରହିଛି।
(୫) କେତେକ ସ୍ଵତନ୍ତ୍ର ବା ସ୍ପର୍ଶକାତର ବିଷୟକୁ ଏହି ପଦ୍ଧତି ଦ୍ବାରା ଅଧ୍ୟୟନ ସମ୍ଭବ ନୁହେଁ।

Question ୩୨।
ସୂଚୀ କହିଲେ କ’ଣ ବୁଝ ?
Answer:
ସାମାଜିକ ଗବେଷଣା କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ ତଥ୍ୟ ସଂଗ୍ରହ ପାଇଁ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ବିଭିନ୍ନ ପଦ୍ଧତି ମଧ୍ୟରୁ ସୂଚୀ ଏକ ଲୋକପ୍ରିୟ ପଦ୍ଧତି। ଗବେଷଣା କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ ଏହାର ବହୁଳ ବ୍ୟବହାର ଦେଖାଯାଏ। ସୂଚୀ ସାଧାରଣତଃ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନଗୁଡ଼ିକର ଏକ ଚିଠା ଯାହାକି ସାକ୍ଷାତକାର ସମୟରେ ଅନୁସନ୍ଧାନକାରୀ ଦ୍ବାରା ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୋଇଥାଏ। ତଥ୍ୟ ପ୍ରଦାନକାରୀ ଠାରୁ ତଥ୍ୟ ପାଇଁ ସେ ଏହାକୁ ପୂରଣ କରିଥାଏ। ଏହା ଗବେଷକର ମନେ ପକାଇବା ପାଇଁ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ଏକ ଔପଚାରିକ ଚିଠା।

Question ୩୩।
ସୂଚୀର ଉପକାରିତାଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଦର୍ଶାଅ।
Answer:
ତଥ୍ୟ ସଂଗ୍ରହର ଏକ ପଦ୍ଧତି ଭାବେ ଏହା ବ୍ୟାପକ ବ୍ୟବହାର ହୋଇଥାଏ।
(୧) ଅନ୍ୟ ପଦ୍ଧତି ତୁଳନାରେ ସୂଚୀରେ ତଥ୍ୟ ଅଧ‌ିକ ମିଳିଥାଏ।
(୨) ଏହି ପଦ୍ଧତିରେ ତଥ୍ୟ ପ୍ରଦାନକାରୀ ସନ୍ଦେହ ଦୂର ପାଇଁ ସୁଯୋଗ ରହିଛି।
(୩) .ସୂଚୀ ପୂରଣ ପାଇଁ କମ୍ ସମୟ ଆବଶ୍ୟକ କରିଥାଏ ଓ ଭୁଲ୍ କମ୍ ଥାଏ।
(୪) ଏହି ପଦ୍ଧତି ସବୁ ବର୍ଗର ଲୋକଙ୍କ ପାଇଁ ଉପଯୋଗୀ ଅଟେ।
(୫) ଏହି ପଦ୍ଧତି ଦ୍ଵାରା ସଂଗୃହିତ ତଥ୍ୟ ନିର୍ଭରଯୋଗ୍ୟ ହୋଇଥାଏ।

Question ୩୪।
ସୂଚୀର ଅପକାରିତାଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଦର୍ଶାଅ।
Answer:
ସୂଚୀ ପଦ୍ଧତି ତଥ୍ୟ ସଂଗ୍ରହର ଏକ ବହୁଳ ବ୍ୟବହ୍ରୁତ ପଦ୍ଧତି ହୋଇଥିଲେ ମଧ୍ୟ ଏହାର ନିମ୍ନଲିଖୁତ ଅପକାରିତା ରହିଛି।
(୧) ଏହି ପଦ୍ଧତି ଅଧ‌ିକ ସମୟ ଆବଶ୍ୟକ କରିଥାଏ ଓ ଅଧୁକ ଖର୍ଚ୍ଚ କରିଥାଏ।
(୨) ବୃହତ୍ ଅଞ୍ଚଳ ଭିଭିକ ଅଧ୍ୟୟନ ଏହି ପଦ୍ଧତି ଦ୍ଵାରା ସମ୍ଭବ ନୁହେଁ।
(୩) ଏହି ପଦ୍ଧତିରେ ଗବେଷକର ଉପସ୍ଥିତି ତଥ୍ୟ ପ୍ରଦାନକାରୀଙ୍କ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ସଚେତନା ସୃଷ୍ଟି କରିଥାଏ ଫଳରେ ସେମାନେ ଭୁଲ୍ ତଥ୍ୟ ଦେଇଥାନ୍ତି।
(୪) ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିଗତ ସମସ୍ୟା ଅଧ୍ୟୟନ କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ ଏହି ପଦ୍ଧତି ଉପଯୋଗୀ ନୁହେଁ।

Question ୩୫।
ସୂଚୀର ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଦର୍ଶାଅ।
Answer:
(୧) ବସ୍ତୁନିଷ୍ଠ ତଥ୍ୟ ସଂଗ୍ରହ
(୨) ସୂଚୀ ଏକ ଗାଇଡ୍ ବା ପଥ ପ୍ରଦର୍ଶକ ଭଳ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ କରିଥାଏ।
(୩) ଏହା ସଠିକ୍ ଯୋଗାଯୋଗ ଓ ସଠିକ୍ ତଥ୍ୟ ପ୍ରାପ୍ତ ହେବ।
(୪) ଏହା ବର୍ଗୀକରଣ ଓ ବ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟାରେ ସହାୟକ ହୁଏ।
(୫) ଏକ ମନେପକାଇବା ଯନ୍ତ୍ର ଭାବେ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ କରେ।

Question ୩୬।
ସୂଚୀର ପ୍ରକାରଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଦର୍ଶାଅ।
Answer:
ସୂଚୀ ତଥ୍ୟ ସଂଗ୍ରହର ଏକ ଜନପ୍ରିୟ ପଦ୍ଧତି ହୋଇଥିବାରୁ ଏହାର ବହୁଳ ବ୍ୟବହାର ଦେଖାଯାଇଥାଏ। ସୂଚୀ ମୁଖ୍ୟତଃ ୫ ପ୍ରକାରର ଯଥା :
(୧) ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ସୂଚୀ,
(୨) ରେଟିଙ୍ଗ୍ ବା ମୂଲ୍ୟାଙ୍କନ ସୂଚୀ
(୩) ଦସ୍ତାବିତ୍ ବା ଡକୁମେଣ୍ଟ ସୂଚୀ
(୪) ମୂଲ୍ୟାୟନ ବା ଆନୁଷ୍ଠାନିକ ସୂଚୀ
(୫) ସାକ୍ଷାତ୍‌କାରୀ ସୂଟୀ।

‘ଗ’ ବିଭାଗ

ଦୀର୍ଘ ଉତ୍ତରମୂଳକ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନୋତ୍ତର

Question ୧।
ଅଗଷ୍ଟ କମ୍‌ଙ୍କ ତ୍ରିସ୍ତରୀୟ ନିୟମକୁ ଆଲୋଚନା କର।
Answer:
ପ୍ରଖ୍ୟାତ ଫରାସୀ ସମାଜବିଜ୍ଞାନୀ ଅଗଷ୍ଟ କମ୍‌ ସମାଜବିଜ୍ଞାନ ସୃଷ୍ଟି କରିଥିଲେ ତା’ ନୁହେଁ ନିଜର ଅନେକ ଅବଦାନ ଦ୍ଵାରା ସମାଜବିଜ୍ଞାନକୁ ପରିପୃଷ୍ଟ କରିଥିଲେ। ସେ ଅନେକ ପୁସ୍ତକ ରଚନା କରିବା ସହିତ କେତେକ ମତବାଦ ମଧ୍ୟ ପ୍ରଦାନ କରିଛନ୍ତି। ସେ ଜଣେ ବିବର୍ତ୍ତନବାଦୀ। ତାଙ୍କର ବିଭିନ୍ନ ଲେଖାରେ ବିବର୍ତ୍ତନବାଦର ପ୍ରତିଫଳିତ ଦେଖ‌ିବାକୁ ମିଳେ। ତ୍ରିସ୍ତରୀୟ ନିମୟ ସମାଜବିଜ୍ଞାନକୁ କମ୍‌କ ଏକ ପ୍ରମୁଖ ଅବଦାନ। କମ୍‌ ମାନବୀୟ ଚିନ୍ତାର ବିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ଓ ଏହାର ବିଭିନ୍ନ ସ୍ତରକୁ ସୁନ୍ଦର ରୂପେ ବ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟା କରିଛନ୍ତି। ତାଙ୍କ ମତରେ ମଣିଷର ମନ ଏବଂ ମାନବ ସମାଜ ଐତିହାସିକ ବିବର୍ତ୍ତନର ବିଭିନ୍ନ ସ୍ତର ଦେଇ ଗରି କରିବା ସହିତ ସଂପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣତାର ସର୍ବଶେଷ ସ୍ତରରେ ଉପନୀତ ହୋଇଥାଏ। ମାନବୀୟ ଚିନ୍ତନକୁ ଅଧ୍ୟୟନ କରିବା ପାଇଁ କମ୍‌ ନିୟମ ତ୍ରିସ୍ତରୀୟ ନିୟମ ନାମରେ ପରିଚିତ। ତାଙ୍କ ଅନୁସାରେ “ ଜ୍ଞାନର ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ଶାଖା ତିନୋଟି ବିଭିନ୍ନ ସ୍ତର ଦେଇ ଗତି କରିଥାଏ ଯଥା : ଧର୍ମତାତ୍ତ୍ଵିକ ବା ଫିକ୍‌ଟିସସ୍, ଆଧ୍ୟାମ୍ବିକ ବା ଅମୂର୍ଣ ଏବଂ ବୈଜ୍ଞାନିକ ବା ବାସ୍ତବ।” ଏହାକୁ ହିଁ. ତ୍ରିସ୍ତରୀୟ ନିୟମ କୁହାଯାଏ। କାରଣ ତାଙ୍କ ମତରେ ମାନବୀୟ ଚିନ୍ତନ ବିବର୍ତ୍ତନର ତିନୋଟି ବିଭିନ୍ନ ସ୍ତର ମଧ୍ୟ ଦେଇ ଗତି କରିଥାଏ। ତାଙ୍କ ମତରେ ମାନବୀୟ ମନର ବିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ସହିତ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ମନର ବିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ସମାନ ଅଟେ। କମ୍ପେଙ୍କ ପ୍ରଦତ୍ତ ତ୍ରିସ୍ତରୀୟ ନିୟମର ତିନୋଟି ସ୍ତରକୁ ନିମ୍ନରେ ଦର୍ଶାଗଲା।

(୧) ଧର୍ମତାତ୍ତ୍ଵିକ ସ୍ତର (Theological or Fictitious Stage)
(୨) ଆଧ୍ୟାତ୍ମିକ ସ୍ତର (Metaphysical or Abstract Stage)
(୩) ବାସ୍ତବ ବା ବୈଜ୍ଞାନିକ ସ୍ତର (Positive or Scientific Stage)

(୧) ଧର୍ମତାତ୍ତ୍ଵିକ ସ୍ତର (Theological Stage): କମ୍‌ଙ୍କ ତ୍ରିସ୍ତରୀୟ ନିୟମର ପ୍ରଥମ ସ୍ତର ହେଉଛି ଧର୍ମତାତ୍ତ୍ଵିକ ସ୍ତର । ପ୍ରାୟତଃ ୧୩୦୦ ଖ୍ରୀଷ୍ଟାବ୍ଦ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟନ୍ତ ଏହି ସ୍ତର ତିଷ୍ଠି ରହିଥିବାର ବିଶ୍ଵାସ କରାଯାଏ। କମ୍‌ଙ୍କ ମତରେ ଏହି ସ୍ତରରେ ମନୁଷ୍ୟର ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟକଳାପ ଓ ବିଶ୍ବର ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ଘଟଣା ଈଶ୍ଵର ବା ଅତି ପ୍ରାକୃତକ ଶକ୍ତି ପରିଚାଳିତ। ଯାହାକିଛି ଘଟଣା ଦ୍ଵାରା ପରିଚାଳିତ। ଏହି ସମୟରେ ମନୁଷ୍ୟର ଚିନ୍ତା ଧର୍ମ ତାନ୍ତ୍ରିକ ଅନ୍ଧବିଶ୍ଵାସ ଦ୍ଵାରା ଘଟୁଛି। ତା’ ପରେ ଈଶ୍ଵରୀୟ ଇଚ୍ଛା ବା ଅନିଚ୍ଛା ବିଦ୍ୟମାନ। ଏହି ସ୍ତର ପିଣ୍ଡି ବା ପୂଜାରୀମାନଙ୍କ ଦ୍ଵାରା ପ୍ରଭାବିତ ଓ ପରିଚାଳିତ ହୋଇଥାଏ। ଧର୍ମତାତ୍ତ୍ଵିକ ଚିନ୍ତନ ଅବୈଜ୍ଞାନିକ ଦୃଷ୍ଟିକୋଣ ଦ୍ବାରା ପରିଚାଳିତ। କମ୍ପେଙ୍କର ଏହିସ୍ତର ୪ଟି ଉପସ୍ତର ଦେଇ ଗତି କରିଥାଏ। ଯଥା: ଫେଟିସ୍‌ବାଦ, ଆରୋପେମଫିବାଦ, ବହୁ ଈଶ୍ବରବାଦ ଏବଂ ଏକ ଈଶ୍ବରବାଦ। ଧର୍ମତାତ୍ତ୍ଵିକ ଚିନ୍ତନର ପ୍ରଥମ ଉପସ୍ତର ହେଉଛି ଫେଟିସ୍‌ବାଦ। ଏହି ସ୍ତରରେ ବିଶ୍ଵାସ କରାଯାଉଥିଲା ଯେ, ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ନିର୍ଜୀବ ବସ୍ତୁରେ ସଜୀବ ବା ଈଶ୍ଵରୀୟ ସତ୍ତା ରହିଛି।

ତ୍ରିସ୍ତରୀୟ ନିୟମର ଦ୍ଵିତୀୟ ଉପସ୍ତର ହେଉଛି ଆଡ୍ରୋପ୍ରେମର୍ଫିବାଦ। ଏଥିରେ ଈଶ୍ଵରଙ୍କର ମାନବୀୟ ରୂପର କଳନା କରାଯାଇଥିବାର ବିଶ୍ଵାସ କରାଯାଏ।

ବହୁ ଈଶ୍ଵରବାଦୀ : ତ୍ରିସ୍ତରୀୟ ନିୟମର ପ୍ରଥମସ୍ତରର ତୃତୀୟ ଉପରସ୍ତର ହେଉଛି ବହୁ ଈଶ୍ବରବାଦ। ଏହି ସ୍ତରରେ ଏକାଧ୍ଵକ ଈଶ୍ବରଙ୍କର ଅବସ୍ଥିତିରେ ବିଶ୍ବାସ କରୁଥିଲେ। ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ବିଭାଗ ପାଇଁ ସ୍ଵତନ୍ତ୍ର ଈଶ୍ବର ମାନଙ୍କର କଳନା କରାଗଲା।

ଏକ ଈଶ୍ବରବାଦ : ଏହି ସ୍ତରରେ ମାତ୍ର ଏକ ଈଶ୍ବରଙ୍କ ଠାରେ ବିଶ୍ବାସ କରାଗଲା।

(୨) ଆଧ୍ୟାତ୍ମିକ ବା ଅମୂର୍ତ୍ତ ସ୍ତର (Metaphysical or Abstract Stage) : କମ୍‌କ ତ୍ରିସ୍ତରୀୟ ନିୟମର ଦ୍ଵିତୀୟ ସ୍ତର ହେଉଛି ଆଧ୍ୟାତ୍ମିକ ସ୍ତର। ଏହି ସ୍ତର ପ୍ରାୟତଃ ୧୩୦୦ ଖ୍ରୀଷ୍ଟାବ୍ଦରୁ ୧୮୦୦ ଖ୍ରୀଷ୍ଟାବ୍ଦ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ତିଷ୍ଠି ରହିଥିବାର ବିଶ୍ଵାସ କରାଯାଏ। ଏହି ସ୍ତର ଧର୍ମତାତ୍ତ୍ଵିକ ସ୍ତର ଠାରୁ ଉନ୍ନତ ଏବଂ ଏକ ଅଧୂ ନିବର୍ଷିତ ସ୍ତର ଅଟେ । ଏହି ସ୍ତରରେ ଲୋକମାନେ ବିଶ୍ଵାସ କରୁଥିଲେ ଯେ କେ ଅମୂର୍ଣ ଶକ୍ତି ବିଶ୍ଵର ସମସ୍ତ ଘଟଣାକୁ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦେଶିତ ବା ପରିଚାଳିତ କରିଥାଏ। ଏହି ସ୍ତର ପ୍ରଥମ ସ୍ତରର ଏକ ସଂଶୋଧୃତ ସ୍ତର ଅଟେ। ଏହି ସ୍ତରରେ ପ୍ରଥମ ସ୍ତର ଅତି ପ୍ରାକୃତିକ ଶକ୍ତିର ସ୍ଥାନ ଅମୂର୍ତ୍ତ ଶକ୍ତି ଗ୍ରହଣ କରିଛି।

(୩) ବାସ୍ତବ ବା ବୈଜ୍ଞାନିକ ସ୍ତର (Positice or Scientific stage) : ଏହି ସ୍ତର କମ୍ପେଙ୍କ ତ୍ରିସ୍ତରୀୟ ନିୟମର ଶେଷ ସ୍ତର। ଏହି ସ୍ତର ହେବ ମାନବ ଚିନ୍ତନ ବା ମାନବ ମନର ବିକାଶଣର ଶେଷ ସ୍ତର। ଏହି ସ୍ତର ୧୮୦୦ ଖ୍ରୀଷ୍ଟାବ୍ଦ ପରେ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇଛି। ବିଜ୍ଞାନରେ ବିଶ୍ଵାସର ଏହି ସ୍ତରର ଅୟମାରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇଛି। ପୂର୍ବସ୍ତରର ପ୍ରିଷ୍ଟ ଏବଂ ଧର୍ମତତ୍ତ୍ଵାବଧାରକ ବଦଳରେ ଏଠାରେ ବୈଜ୍ଞାନିକଙ୍କର ପ୍ରାଧାନ୍ୟ ବୃଦ୍ଧି ପାଇଛି। ଏହି ସ୍ତରରେ କଳ୍ପନା ବଦଳରେ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣର ପ୍ରାଧାନ୍ୟ ବୃଦ୍ଧି ପାଇଛି। ଏହି ସ୍ତରରେ ଶିଳ୍ପପତି ମାନଙ୍କର ପ୍ରାଧାନ୍ୟ ବୃଦ୍ଧି ପାଇଛି। ଏହି ସ୍ତରରେ ଶିଳ୍ପପତି ମାନଙ୍କର ପ୍ରାଧାନ୍ୟ ବୃଦ୍ଧି ପାଇଛି। ଏହି ସ୍ତରରେ ଶିଳ୍ପପତି ମାନଙ୍କର ପ୍ରାଧାନ୍ୟ ବୃଦ୍ଧି ପାଇଛି। ଏହି ସ୍ତରରେ ଶିଳ୍ପପତି ମାନଙ୍କର ପ୍ରାଧାନ୍ୟ ବୃଦ୍ଧି ପାଇଛି। ଏହି ସ୍ତରରେ ଶିଳ୍ପପତି ମାନଙ୍କର ପ୍ରାଧାନ୍ୟ ଦେଖାଦେଇଛି। ଏହି ସ୍ତରରେ ବୈଜ୍ଞାନିକ ଜ୍ଞାନର ପରିସୀମା ବୃଦ୍ଧି ପାଇଛି। ମନୁଷ୍ୟ ଆଉ ଧର୍ମତାତ୍ତ୍ଵିକ ସ୍ତରର ଅନ୍ଧବିଶ୍ଵାସ ଓ ଆଧ୍ୟାତ୍ମିକସ୍ତର ଅମୂର୍ତ ଶକ୍ତିରେ ବିଶ୍ଵାସ ନକରି ବୈଜ୍ଞାନକ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ଉପରେ ବିଶ୍ଵାସ ବୃଦ୍ଧି ପାଇଛି।

Question ୨।
ଇମାଇଲେ ଦୁର୍ଗାଇମ୍ଙ୍କର ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟା ତତ୍ତ୍ଵକୁ ଆଲୋଚନା କର।
Answer:
ପ୍ରଖ୍ୟାତ ଫରାସୀ ସାମାଜବିଜ୍ଞାନ ଦୁର୍ଗାଇମ୍ ସମାଜବିଜ୍ଞାନର ଜଣେ ପ୍ରତିଷ୍ଠାତା ଜନକ୍ ଭାବେ ପରିଚିତ। ତାଙ୍କର ଅନେକ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ସମାଜବିଜ୍ଞାନର ବିକାଶ ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟାକ ତ୍ବରାନ୍ବିତ କରିଥିଲା। ସେ ଅନେକ ପୁସ୍ତକ ରଚନା କରିବା ସହିତ ଅନେକ ମତବାଦ ରଚନା କରିଛନ୍ତି। ସେ ୧୮୯୭ରେ ଲି, ସୁଇସାଇଡ୍ ନାମକ ଏକ ପୁସ୍ତକ ରଚନା କରିଥିଲେ। ସେଥିରେ ସେ ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟାର ପ୍ରକାର ଓ କାରଣସବୁକୁ ଆଲୋଚନା କରିଛନ୍ତି। ସମାଜବିଜ୍ଞାନର ବୈଜ୍ଞାନିକ ପ୍ରକୃତିକୁ ପ୍ରମାଣ କରିବାକୁ ଯାଇ ସେ ଏହି ସାମାଜିକ ସମସ୍ୟାକୁ ଅଧ୍ୟୟନ କରିଛନ୍ତି। ଦୁର୍ଗାଇମଙ୍କ ମତରେ ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟା ଏକ ସମାଜିକ ସତ୍ୟ। ପୂର୍ବରୁ ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟାକୁ ଏକ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିଗତ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଭାବେ ବିଚାର କରାଯାଉଥିଲା। କିନ୍ତୁ ଦୁର୍ଶାଇମ୍‌ଙ୍କ ମତରେ ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟା ନିଜକୁ ହତ୍ୟା ବା ନଷ୍ଟ କରିବାର ଏକ ସାମାଜିକ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ। ତାଙ୍କ ମତରେ ସମାଜ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିଠାରେ ଏକ ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟା ଜନିତ ପ୍ରବଣତା ସୃଷ୍ଟି କରେ ଯ ଫଳରେ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟା କରିବାକୁ ବାଧ୍ଯ ହୁଏ। ସେ ବିଭିନ୍ନ ସମାଜରେ ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟା ହାର ଓ କାରଣକୁ ଅନୁଧ୍ୟାନ କରିଛନ୍ତି। ସେ ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟାର ବିଭିନ୍ନ ପ୍ରକାର ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧରେ ଉଲ୍ଲେଖ କରିଛନ୍ତି। ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟାର ଏହି ପ୍ରକାର ସଂହତି ଓ ନିୟନ୍ତ୍ରଣ ଭିତ୍ତିରେ ବର୍ଗୀକରଣ କରିଛନ୍ତି। ଦୁର୍ଗାଇମ୍ ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟାକୁ ମୁଖ୍ୟତଃ ୪ ଭାଗରେ ବିଭକ୍ତ କରିଛନ୍ତି। ସେଗୁଡ଼ିକ ହେଲା

(୧) ଅହିଂବାଦୀ ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟା (Egoistic suicide) : ଯେତେବେଳେ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିର ସମାଜ ବା ସମୂହ ସହିତ ସଂହତି କମିଯାଏ ବା ହରାଏ ସେତେବେଳେ ଯଦି ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ନିଜକୁ ହତ୍ୟା କରେ ତାହାକୁ ଅହଂବାଦୀ ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟା କୁହାଯାଏ। ଏକ ସଂହତି ପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ସମାଜରେ ଏ ପ୍ରକାର ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟା ଦେଖାଯାଏ ନାହିଁ । ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ସମୂହ ସଂହତି ହରାଇଲେ ହତାଶ ହୋଇ ଏପ୍ରକାର ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟା କରିଥାଏ। ଏହି ସମୟରେ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ନିଜ ବିଷୟରେ କେବଳ ଚିନ୍ତା କରିଥାଏ। ସାମାଜିକ ସଂହତି ଦୁର୍ବଳ ହେଲେ ସମାଜରେ ଏ ପ୍ରକାର ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟା ଦେଖାଯାଇଥାଏ।

(୨) ପଦାର୍ଥବାଦୀ ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟା (Altruistic suicide) : ଏହା ହେଉଛି ଦୁର୍ଗାଇମ୍ ପ୍ରଦାନ କରିଥିବା ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟାର ଦ୍ଵିତୀୟ ପ୍ରକାର। ଯେତେବେଳେ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିର ସମୂହ ସହିତ ସଂହତି ଅତ୍ୟଧ୍ଵକ ହୋଇଥାଏ ବା ଅଧିକ ଉଚ୍ଚ ହୋଇଥାଏ ସେତେବେଳେ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ଏହି ପ୍ରକାର ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟା କରିବା ପାଇଁ ପ୍ରେରତ ହୋଇଥାଏ। ଏହି ପ୍ରକାର ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ଭାବିଥାନ୍ତି ଯେ ଏହା କରିବା ସେମାନଙ୍କର କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ ଅଟେ। ଯେତେବେଳେ ଜଣେ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ସମୂହ ବା ଦେଶ ପାଇଁ ନିଜ ଜୀବନ ବଳି ଦିଏ ସେତେବେଳେ ତା’ର ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟାକୁ ପଦାର୍ଥବାଦୀ ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟା କୁହାଯାଏ।

(୩) ଆନୋମିକ୍ ବା ହତାଶାମୂଳକ ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟା (Anomic sucide) : ଦୁର୍ଗାଇମ୍ସଙ୍କର ତୃତୀୟ ପ୍ରକାର ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟା ହେଉଛି ଅନୋମିକ୍ ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟା। ଯେତେବେଳେ ସାମାଜିକ ନିୟନ୍ତ୍ରିତ ଅତି ଦୁର୍ବଳ ହୋଇଯାଏ ସେତେବେଳେ ଏପ୍ରକାର ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟା ଦେଖାଯାଇଥାଏ। ଆମି ବା ନିୟମଶୂନ୍ୟତା ହେଉଛି ଆଧୁନିକ ସମାଜର ଏକ ଅତ୍ୟନ୍ତ ଦୂରାବସ୍ଥା। ଏ ସମୟରେ ସାମାଜିକ ନିୟନ୍ତ୍ରଣ ଅତ୍ୟନ୍ତ ନିମ୍ନସ୍ତରରେ ରହିଥାଏ। ଚରମ ହତାଶାର ବଶବର୍ତ୍ତୀ ହୋଇ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ଏ ପ୍ରକାର ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟା କରିଥାଏ। ଏ ପ୍ରକାର ଅବସ୍ଥା ପ୍ରାୟତଃ ଆର୍ଥିକ ବା ଶିଳ୍ପ ବା ବ୍ୟବସାୟ ଦୁର୍ଗତ ସମୟରେ ଦେଖାଯାଇଥାଏ। ଜୀବନରେ ଏହି ହଠାତ୍ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ସହିତ ଖାପ ଖୁଆଇ ନପାରି ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟା କରେ ତାକୁ ଆନୋମିକ୍ ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟା କୁହାଯାଏ।

(୪) ଭାଗ୍ୟବାଦୀ ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟା (Fatalistic suicide) : ଦୁର୍ଗାଇମ୍ସଙ୍କର ଚତୁର୍ଥ ପ୍ରକାର ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟା ହେଉଛି ଭାଗ୍ୟବାଦୀ ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟା। ଏପ୍ରକାର ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟା ମୁଖ୍ୟତଃ ଅତ୍ୟଧିକ ସାମାଜିକ ନିୟନ୍ତ୍ରଣ ଅବସ୍ଥାରେ ପରିଲକ୍ଷିତ ହୋଇଥାଏ। ଯେତେବେଳେ ଜଣେ ଲୋକର ଭାବପ୍ରବଣତାକୁ ରୋକାଯାଏ ଏବଂ ଯାହାର ଭବିଷ୍ୟତ ଅନିଶ୍ଚିତ ହୋଇପଡ଼େ ସେ ଏପରି ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟା କରିଥାଏ।

Question ୩।
ଜାତି ଉପରେ ପ୍ରଫେସର ଜି. ଏସ୍. ୟୂରେଙ୍କର ମତକୁ ଆଲୋଚନା କର।
Answer:
ଜାତି ସ୍ତରୀକରଣ ବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥାର ଏକ ପ୍ରମୁଖ ଭିଭିଅଟେ। ଏହା ଉଭୟ ଏକ ସଂରଚନାତ୍ମକ ଓ ସାଂସ୍କୃତିକ ରୂପ। ଏହାକୁ ଏକ ଆବଦ୍ଧ ସ୍ତରୀକରଣ ବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥା ଭାରତୀୟ ସମାଜର ଏକ ଗୁରୁତ୍ଵପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ସାମାଜିକ ଅନୁଷ୍ଠାନ ଭାବେ ଏହା ପରିଚିତ। ପ୍ରାୟତଃ ତିନି ହଜାରରୁ ଉର୍ଷବର୍ଷ ଧରି ଏହା ଭାରତୀୟ ସମାଜରେ ତିଷ୍ଠି ଆସିଅଛି। ତେଣୁ ବିଭିନ୍ନ କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରୁ ବିଭିନ୍ନ ଚିନ୍ତାନାୟକମାନେ ଏହାକୁ ଆଗ୍ରହର ସହ ଅଧ୍ୟୟନ କରିଥାନ୍ତି। ଭାରତରେ ଜାତି ବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥାକୁ ସ୍ତରୀକରଣ ଓ ସାଂସ୍କୃତିକ ଦୃଷ୍ଟିକୋଣରୁ ଅଧ୍ୟୟନ କରାଯାଇଥାଏ। ସେହିପରି ପ୍ରଖ୍ୟାତ ସମାଜବିଜ୍ଞାନୀ ପ୍ରଫେସର ଜି-ଏସ-ଘୂରେ ଜାତି ବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥା ଉପରେ ଏକ ସ୍ଵତନ୍ତ୍ର ଅଧ୍ୟୟନ କରିଛନ୍ତି। ଭାରତୀୟ ସମାଜ ପାଇଁ ଏହା ତାଙ୍କର ଏକ ଗୁରୁତ୍ଵପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ଅବଦାନ। ୧୯୩୨ରେ ତାଙ୍କ ପୁସ୍ତକ “କାଷ୍ଟ ଏବଂ ରେସ୍ ଇନ୍ ଇଣ୍ଡିଆ” ପ୍ରକାଶିତ ହେଲା।

ଘୂରେ ଜାତିକୁ ଏକ ଐତିହାସିକ, ତୁଳନାତ୍ମକ ଓ ସଂହତିଗତ ଦୃଷ୍ଟିକୋଣରୁ ଅଧ୍ୟୟନ କରିଛନ୍ତି। ତାଙ୍କ ମତରେ, “ ଜାତ ହେଉଛି କ୍ଷୁଦ୍ର ଏବଂ ସଂପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ସାମାଜିକ ବିଶ୍ଵ” ଜାତିର ସୃଷ୍ଟି ପ୍ରଜାତି ମଧ୍ୟରୁ ବୋଲି ସେ ମତ ଦେଇଛନ୍ତି। ସେ ଜାତି ବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥାକୁ ବ୍ରାହ୍ମଣ ବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥା ସହିତ ଯୋଡ଼ିଛନ୍ତି। ଆର୍ଯ୍ୟମାନଙ୍କର ବିଜୟ ଫଳରେ ଭାରତରେ ଜାତି ବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥା ସୃଷ୍ଟି ହୋଇଛି ବୋଲି ସେ ମତ ଦେଇଛନ୍ତି। ବ୍ରିଟିଶ ଶାସନ ଯୋଗୁଁ ଭାରତୀୟ ଜାତି ବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥାରେ ଅନେକ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ଆସିଛି ବୋଲି ସେ ମତ ଦେଇଛନ୍ତି। ତାଙ୍କ ମତ ଜାତି ବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥା ସ୍ଥିର ନୁହେଁ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନଶୀଳ ଅଟେ।

(୧) ସମାଜର କ୍ଷୁଦ୍ର ବିଭାଜନ,
(୨) ସ୍ତରୀକରଣ,
(୩) ପବିତ୍ରତା ଓ ଅପବିତ୍ରତାର ନିୟମ,
(୪) ଭିନ୍ନଭିନ୍ନ ନାଗରିକ ଏବଂ ଧାର୍ମିକ ସୁବିଧା ସୁଯୋଗ ଓ ଅସୁବିଧା,
(୫) ବୃଦ୍ଧି ନିବାଚନରେ ବାଧା,
(୬) ବିବାହାର ବାଧା ବା ଏଣ୍ଡୋଗାମୀ।

Question ୪।
ସଂସ୍କୃତିକରଣ ଉପରେ ଏକ ସଂକ୍ଷିପ୍ତ ରଚନା ଲେଖ।
Answer:
ପ୍ରଖ୍ୟାତ ସମାଜବିଜ୍ଞାନୀ ଓ ଦିଲ୍ଲୀ ସ୍କୁଲ ଅଫ୍ ଇକୋନୋମିକ୍‌ସର ସମାଜବିଜ୍ଞାନ ପ୍ରଫେସର ଏମ୍. ଏନ୍. ଶ୍ରୀନିବାସ ତାଙ୍କର ପ୍ରସିଦ୍ଧ ପୁସ୍ତକ “ ଦୁର୍ଗସମାନଙ୍କ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ଧର୍ମ ଏବଂ ସମାଜ”ରେ ସଂସ୍କୃତିକରଣ ସଂପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟର ବ୍ୟବହାର କରିଥିଲେ। ଏହି ସଂପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟକୁ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରି ଶ୍ରୀନିବାସ ଭାରତର ପାରଂପାରିକ ସାମାଜିକ ସଂରଚନା ସାମାଜିକ ସାଂସ୍କୃତିକ ସଂଞ୍ଚଳନତାକୁ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣନା କରିବାକୁ ପ୍ରୟାସ କରିଛନ୍ତି। ଶ୍ରୀନିବାସ ଦକ୍ଷିଣ ଭାରତର ମହୀଶୂରର ଦୁର୍ଗସ୍‌ମାନଙ୍କୁ ଅଧ୍ୟୟନ କଲାବେଳେ ଦେଖିବାକୁ ପାଇଲେ ଯେ ଜାତି ସ୍ତରୀକରଣରେ ନିଜ ନିଜର ପ୍ରସ୍ଥିତିରେ ଉନ୍ନତି ଆଣିବା ପାଇଁ ନୀଚ ଜାତିର ଲୋକମାନେ ବ୍ରାହ୍ମଣମାନଙ୍କର କେତେକ ପ୍ରଥା ପରଂପରା ଓ ଜୀବନଶୈଳୀକୁ ଅନୁକରଣ କରୁଛନ୍ତି ଏବଂ ଅପବିତ୍ର ବୋଲି ବିବେଚିତ ହେଉଥିବା ସେମାନଙ୍କର କେତେକ ପ୍ରଥା ପରଂପରାକୁ ତ୍ୟାଗ କରୁଛନ୍ତି। ଉଦାହରଣସ୍ୱରୂପ ମୋନ ମାଂସ ଖାଇବା, ମଦ ପିଇବା ସହିତ ବ୍ରାହ୍ମଣମାନଙ୍କର ଖାଦ୍ୟ ଜୀବନଶୈଳୀ ଓ କର୍ମକାଣ୍ଡକୁ ଅନୁସରଣ କଲେ। ଏହିପରି କରି ଗୋଟିଏ ପିଢ଼ୀରେ ବା ପରେ ସେମାନେ ଜାତି ସ୍ତରୀକରଣରେ ଉଚ୍ଚ ସ୍ଥିତିଜାହିର କରିପାରିବେ। ଏହି ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟାକୁ ବୁଝାଇବା ପାଇଁ ପ୍ରଥମେ ଶ୍ରୀନିବାସ “ ବ୍ରାହ୍ମଣୀକରଣ” ସଂପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ ପ୍ରୟୋଗ କରିଥିଲେ ଓ ପରେ ଏହାକୁ ସଂସ୍କୃତିକରଣ ବୋଲି କହିଲେ। ତାଙ୍କ ମତରେ ବ୍ରାହ୍ମଣୀକରଣ ଏକ ସଂକୀର୍ଣ୍ଣ ସଂପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ; କିନ୍ତୁ ସଂସ୍କୃତିକରଣ ଏକ ବ୍ୟାପକ ସଂପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ। କାରଣ ସେ ଦେଖିବାକୁ ପାଇଲେ ଯେ ବ୍ରାହ୍ମଣଙ୍କ ବ୍ୟତୀତ ମଧ୍ୟ ଅନ୍ୟ ଉଚ୍ଚ ଜାତିକ ସେମାନେ ଅନୁକରଣ କରୁଛନ୍ତି।

ପ୍ରଥମେ ଶ୍ରୀନିବାସ ସଂସ୍କୃତିକରଣର ସଂଜ୍ଞା ଦେଇ କହିଲେ ଯେ ସଂସ୍କୃତିକରଣ ହେଉଛି ନୀଚ ଜାତିମାନଙ୍କ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ଏକ ମନୋବୃତ୍ତି ଜାତି ସ୍ତରୀକରଣରେ ଉଚ୍ଚକୁ ଯିବା ପାଇଁ ନିରାମିଷ ଭୋଜନ ଓ ଏହାର କର୍ମକାଣ୍ଡକୁ ସଂସ୍କୃତିକରଣ କରି ପରେ ସେ ଏହି ସଂଜ୍ଞାକୁ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ କରି କହିଲେ ଯେ ସଂସ୍କୃତିକରଣ ହେଉଛି ଏକ ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟା ଯେଉଁଠି ଜଣେ ନୀଚ ହିନ୍ଦୁଜାତି ବା ଜନଜାତି ବା ଅନ୍ୟ ସମୂହ ଏହାର ପ୍ରଥା, କର୍ମକାଣ୍ଡ, ମତବାଦ ଓ ଜୀବନଶୈଳୀକୁ ଏକ ଦ୍ଵିଜ ବା ଉଚ୍ଚଜାତିର ଜୀବନଶୈଳୀ ଅନୁକରଣରେ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ କରିଥାଏ । ସଂସ୍କୃତିକରଣ ସାମାଜିକ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତରେ ଏକ ଦେଶୀୟ ଉତ୍ସ ଭାବେ ପରିଗଣିତ । ଏହା ଜାତି ବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥାରେ କେବଳ ସ୍ଥିତିଗତ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନକୁ ବୁଝାଇଥାଏ । କୌଣସି ସଂରଚନାତ୍ମକ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନକୁ ବୁଝାଇ ନ ଥାଏ । ସଂସ୍କୃତିକରଣ ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟାର ନିମ୍ନଲିଖତ ଲକ୍ଷଣମାନ ରହିଛି ।

(୧) ସାମଜିକ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନର ଏକ ଦେଶୀୟ ଉତ୍ସ
(୨) ଏକ ଦ୍ଵିପାକ୍ଷିକ ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟା
(୩) ଏହା ଭାରତୀୟ ସମାଜର ସାମାଜିକ ଓ ସାଂସ୍କୃତିକ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନକୁ ବୁଝାଏ
(୪) ଏହା ବ୍ରାହ୍ମଣୀକରଣ ଓ ଅଣସଂସ୍କୃତିକରଣ ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟାକୁ ଜନିତ କରିଥାଏ
(୫) ଏହା ଏକ ସାର୍ବଜନୀୟ ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟା ନୁହେଁ
(୬) ସଂସ୍କୃତିକରଣ ସଂରଚନାତ୍ମକ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ
(୭) ଶିକ୍ଷଣ, ଶିଳ୍ପୀକରଣ ଆଣି ସାଂସ୍କୃତିକରଣ ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟାକୁ ତ୍ବରାନିତ କରିଥାଏ

Question ୫।
ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ କ’ଣ ? ଏହାର ଲକ୍ଷଣଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଆଲୋଚନା କର।
Answer:
ଉଭୟ ପ୍ରାକୃତିକ ଓ ସାମାଜିକ ବିଜ୍ଞାନର ଗବେଷଣା କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ ପଦ୍ଧତି ଗୁରୁତ୍ବପୂର୍ଣ ଭୂମିକା ଗ୍ରହଣ କରିଥାଏ। କାରଣ ପଦ୍ଧତି ବିନା କୌଣସି ପ୍ରକାର ଗବେଷଣା ସମ୍ଭବ ନୁହେଁ। ପଦ୍ଧତି ହେଉଛି ଏକ ସୁବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥିତ ବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥା। ସାମାଜିକ ବିଜ୍ଞାନର ଗବେଷଣା କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ ବିଭିନ୍ନ ପଦ୍ଧତିର ବ୍ୟବହାର ହୋଇଥାଏ। ବୈଜ୍ଞାନିକ ଅନୁସନ୍ଧାରେ ବିଭିନ୍ନ ପଦ୍ଧତି ମଧ୍ଯରୁ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ହେଉଛି ସବୁଠୁ ଏକ ଗୁରୁତ୍ଵପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ପଦ୍ଧତି। ସାମାଜିକ ଗବେଷଣା କ୍ଷେତ୍ରର ଏହା ସବୁଠୁ ପୁରୁଣା ପଦ୍ଧତିଭାବେ ପରିଚିତ।

ସାମାଜିକ ସମସ୍ୟାଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଅଧ୍ୟୟନରେ ଏକ ପ୍ରମୁଖ ପ୍ରଦ୍ଧତି ହେଉଛି ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ। ଏହି ପଦ୍ଧତି ମାଧ୍ୟମରେ ଜଣେ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷକ ଦ୍ଵାରା ଗବେଷଣା କ୍ଷେତ୍ରକୁ ତଥ୍ୟ ସଂଗ୍ରହ କରାଯାଏ। ଏହା ଏକ ଘଟଣା ବା ସମସ୍ୟାକୁ ସୁବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥିତ ଭାବେ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ବା ଦର୍ଶନ କରିବାର ଏକ ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟା ଅଟେ। ଏହା ମୁଖ୍ୟତଃ ଆଖିର କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଭାବେ ପରିଚିତ। ଏକ ବାସ୍ତବ ପରିସ୍ଥିତିରେ କ’ଣ ଘଟୁଛି ତାହାକୁ ଏକ ଯୋଜନା ଅନୁସାରେ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ କରିବାର ଏକ ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟାକୁ ବୁଝାଇଥାଏ ଅକ୍ସଫୋର୍ଡ ଅଭିଧାନ ଅନୁସାରେ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ଅର୍ଥ “ ଘଟଣା ବା ସମସ୍ୟା ପ୍ରାକୃତିକ ଅବସ୍ଥାରେ ଘଟୁଥିବା ସମୟରେ ସେମାନଙ୍କର କାରଣ ଏବଂ ଫଳାଫଳ ଓ ପାରସ୍ପରିକ ସଂପର୍କ ଭିତ୍ତିରେ ସଠିକ୍ ଦର୍ଶନ ଓ ତା’ର ଲିଖନକୁ ବୁଝାଇଥାଏ।”

ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣର ଲକ୍ଷଣ : ସାମାଜିକ ଗବେଷଣାର ଏକ ପ୍ରମୁଖ ପଦ୍ଧତି ବା ଏକ ବୈଜ୍ଞାନିକ କୌଶଳ ଭାବେ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣର ନିମ୍ନଲିଖୂତ ଲକ୍ଷଣ ମାନରହିଛି।

(୧) ଆସ୍‌ର କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ : ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ଆଖିଦ୍ଵାରା ସମ୍ଭବ ହୋଇଥାଏ କାରଣ ପି.ଭି. ୟଙ୍ଗ୍ଙ୍କ ମତରେ, ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ହେଉଛି ଆଖି ଦ୍ବାରା କରାଯାଉଥିବା ଏକ ସୁବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥିତ ଓ ଜାଣିଶୁଣି କରାଯାଉଥିବା ଅଧ୍ୟୟନ। ଏହି ପଦ୍ଧତିରେ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷକକୁ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ଜିନିଷକୁ ଅଧ‌ିକ ଯତ୍ନଶୀଳ ଭାବେ ଦେଖିବାକୁ ହୋଇଥାଏ। ଆଖି ତଥ୍ୟ ସଂଗ୍ରହର ଏକ ବିଶ୍ଵାସୀ ପଦ୍ଧତି ହୋଇଥିବାରୁ ଏହା ଉପରେ ବିଶେଷ ଗୁରୁତ୍ବ ଦିଆଯାଏ।

(୨) ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ବସ୍ତୁନିଷ୍ଠ ଅଟେ : ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ବସ୍ତୁନିଷ୍ଠ ହେବା ଉଚିତ୍ ଏବଂ ସମସ୍ତ ପ୍ରକାର ପକ୍ଷପାତିତା ବା ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିଗତ ବିଚାରରୁ ସଂପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ମୁକ୍ତ ହେବା ଉଚିତ। ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ସମୟରେ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷକ ବସ୍ତୁନିଷ୍ଠ ଓ ନିରପେକ୍ଷ ଭାବେ ସମସ୍ତ ଘଟଣାକୁ ଅଧ୍ୟୟନ କରିବା ଉଚିତ।

(୩) ଏକ ସୁବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥିତ ପଦ୍ଧତି : ତଥ୍ୟ ସଂଗ୍ରହର ଏକ ସୁବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥିତ ପଦ୍ଧତି ହେଉଛି ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ। କୌଣସି ପ୍ରକାର ଅବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥିତ ବା ହାଫାବାର୍ଡ଼ ତଥ୍ୟ ସଂଗ୍ରହକୁ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ କୁହାଯାଇ ପାରିବ ନାହିଁ। ଘଟଣାକୁ ସୁବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥିତ ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟାରେ ଅଧ୍ୟୟନ କରିବାକୁ ହୋଇଥାଏ।

(୪) ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟ : ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ପଦ୍ଧତିର ନିଦ୍ଧିଷ୍ଟ ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟ ରହିଥାଏ। ସେହି ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟକୁ ଆଖି ଆଗରେ ରଖି ସୁବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥିତ ଭାବେ ତଥ୍ୟ ସଂଗ୍ରହ କରାଯାଏ। ନିଦ୍ଧିଷ୍ଟ ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟ ବିନା ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ମୂଲ୍ୟହୀନ ହୋଇପଡ଼ିବ।

(୫) ସଠିକ୍ ଯୋଜନ : ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ଏବଂ ଯୋଜନାବଦ୍ଧ ପଦ୍ଧତି ଭାବେ ପରିଚିତ। ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷକ ତଥ୍ୟ ସଂଗ୍ରହଣ ପାଇଁ ଗବେଷଣା କ୍ଷେତ୍ରକୁ ଯିବା ପୂର୍ବରୁ ସୁବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥିତ ଯୋଜନା ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ କରିଥାଏ ଓ ସେହି ଯୋଜନା ମୁତାବତା ତଥ୍ୟ ସଂଗ୍ରହ କରାଯାଏ।

(୬) ଲେଖା ରଖିବା ଆବଶ୍ୟକ : ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ଏକ ଜଟିଳ ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟା ଅଟେ। ତେଣୁ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷକ ସମୟରେ ଗୁରୁତ୍ଵପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ତଥ୍ୟଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଲିଷ୍ପତ ଆକାରରେ ରଖିବା ଆବଶ୍ୟକ ନହେଲେ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟାବେକ୍ଷକ ଏହାକୁ ଭୁଲି ଯିବାର ସମ୍ଭାବନା ଥାଏ।

(୭) ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ସର୍ବଦା ଉପକଳ୍ପନା ଦ୍ଵାରା ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦେଶିତ ବା ପରିଚାଳିତ ହେବା ଉଚିତ।

(୮) ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ଏକ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ଅଧ୍ୟୟନ ଯାହାଦ୍ଵାରା ପ୍ରାଥମିକ ତଥ୍ୟ ସଂଗୃହିତ ହୋଇଥାଏ।

(୯) ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣର ଫଳ ପୁନଃ ପରୀକ୍ଷଣ ଯୋଗୀ ହେବା ଉଚିତ।

Question ୬।
ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣର ସଂଜ୍ଞାଦିଅ ଓ ଏହାର ପ୍ରକାର ଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଆଲୋଚନା କର।
Answer:
ସାମାଜିକ ଗବେଷଣା କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହେଉଥିବା ବିଭିନ୍ନ ପଦ୍ଧତିଗୁଡ଼ିକ ମଧ୍ୟରୁ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ଏକ ପ୍ରମୁଖ ପଦ୍ଧତି ପଦ୍ଧତିଗୁଡ଼ିକ ମଧ୍ୟରୁ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ଏକ ପ୍ରମୁଖ ପଦ୍ଧତି ଭାବେ ପରିଚିତ। ସାମାଜିକ ଗବେଷଣା କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣର ବ୍ୟବହାର ଅତି ପ୍ରାଚୀନ ଅଟେ। ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ମୁଖ୍ୟତଃ ଏକ ଆଖିର କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ। ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ଦ୍ଵାରା ସାମାଜିକ ସମସ୍ୟାଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଅଧ୍ୟୟନ କରାଯାଏ। ଏକ ଘଟଣା ବା ସମସ୍ୟାକୁ ସୁବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥିତ ଭାବେ ଦର୍ଶନ କରିବାର ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟାକୁ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ କୁହାଯାଏ। ଏହା ମାଧ୍ୟମରେ ସାମାଜିକ ସମସ୍ୟାଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ସଠିକ୍ ଭାବେ ଦେଖାଯାଇଥାଏ। ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ହେଉଛି ତଥ୍ୟ ସଂଗ୍ରହର ଏକ କୌଶଳ ଯାହାଦ୍ଵାରା ଜଣେ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷକ ଗବେଷଣା କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରୁ ତଥ୍ୟ ସଂଗ୍ରହ କରିଥାଏ ବାସ୍ତବ ଜୀବନ ପରିସ୍ଥିତିରେ କ’ଣ ଘଟୁଛି ତାହାକୁ ଏକ ସୁବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥିତ ଯୋଜନା ମାଧ୍ୟମରେ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ କରିବାର ଏକ ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟାକୁ ବୁଝାଇଥାଏ। ଆକ୍ସଫୋର୍ଡ କସାଇଜ୍ ଅଭିଧାନ ଅନୁସାରେ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ଅର୍ଥ “ଘଟଣା ବା ସମସ୍ୟା ପ୍ରାକୃତିକ ଅବସ୍ଥାରେ ଘଟୁଥିବା ସମୟରେ ସେମାନଙ୍କର କାରଣ ଓ ଫଳାଫଳ ଓ ପାରସ୍ପରିକ ସଂପର୍କ ଭିତ୍ତିରେ ସଠିକ୍ ଦର୍ଶନ ଓ ତା’ର ଲିଖନକୁ ବୁଝାଇଥାଏ। ପି. ଭି. ୟଙ୍ଗଙ୍କ ମତରେ, “ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ହେଉଛି ଘଟଣା ଘଟୁଥିବା ସମୟରେ ଆଖିଦ୍ଵାରା କରାଯାଉଥିବା ଏକ ସୁବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥିତ ଓ ଜାଣିଶୁଣି ଅଧ୍ୟୟନ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣର ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟ ହେଉଛି ଜଟିଳ ସାମାଜିକ ଘଟଣା, ସାଂସ୍କୃତିକ ପଦ୍ଧତି ବା ମାନବ ଚରିତ୍ରରେ ଗୁରୁତ୍ଵପୂର୍ଣ ପାରସ୍ପରିକ ଲକ୍ଷଣଗୁଡ଼ିକର ପ୍ରକୃତି ଏବଂ ପରିମାଣକୁ ବୁଝିବା।”

ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣର ପ୍ରକାର : ପଦ୍ଧତି ବ୍ୟବହାର ଏବଂ ଜାରି କରାଯାଉଥିବା ନିୟନ୍ତ୍ରଣର ପ୍ରକାର ଭିତ୍ତିରେ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣକୁ ପାଞ୍ଚଭାଗରେ ବିଭକ୍ତ କରାଯାଏ। ଯଥା –
(୧) ଅଂଶଗ୍ରହଣକାରୀ ବା ସହଭାଗୀ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ (Participant obervation)
(୨) ଅଣଆଂଶ ଗ୍ରହଣକାରୀ ବା ଅସହଭାଗୀ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ (Non-participant observation)
(୩) ମିଶ୍ରିତ ବା ବ୍ବାସି ସହଭାଗୀ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ (Mixed or Quasi participant observation)
(୪) ନିୟନ୍ତ୍ରିତ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ (Controlled observation)
(୫) ଅନିୟନ୍ତ୍ରିତ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ (Noncontrolled observtion)

(୧) ସହଭାଗୀ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ : ଯେତେବେଳେ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷକ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ କରିବାକୁ ଥିବା ସମୂହ ସହିତ ମିଶି ବା ସେମାନଙ୍କ ସହିତ ଅଂଶଗ୍ରହଣ କରି ସେମାନଙ୍କ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ କଳାପକୁ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ କରିଥାଏ ତାହାକୁ ସହଭାଗୀ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ କୁହାଯାଏ।

(୨) ଅସହଭାଗୀ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ : ଯେତେବେଳେ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷକ ଏକ ସମୂହ ବା ତା’ର କାର୍ଯ୍ୟକଳାପକୁ ଦୂରରେ ରହି ଓ ସେମାନଙ୍କ ସହ ସାମିଲ ନ ହୋଇ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ କରିଥାଏ ତାହାକୁ ଅସହଭାଗୀ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ କୁହାଯାଏ। ଏଥିରେ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷକ ଅଂଶଗ୍ରହଣ କରେ ନାହିଁ କି ସେମାନଙ୍କ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟକଳାପକୁ କୌଣସି ଉପାୟରେ ପ୍ରଭାବିତ କରିନଥାଏ।

(୩) ମିଶ୍ରିତ ବା କ୍ଲାସି ସହଭାଗୀ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ : ଏକ ସଂପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ସହଭାଗୀ ଓ ସଂପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ଅସହଭାଗୀ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ବାସ୍ତବରେ ଅସମ୍ଭବ। ତେଣୁ ଉଭୟର ମିଶ୍ରଣରେ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ଅଧ‌ିକ ସଫଳ ଓ ବସ୍ତୁନିଷ୍ଠ ହୁଏ ଏବଂ ଫଳାଫଳ ଉତ୍ତମ ମିଳିଥାଏ। ସହଭାଗୀ ଓ ଅସହଭାଗୀ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣରେ ମିଶ୍ରଣରେ ସୃଷ୍ଟି ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣକୁ ମିଶ୍ରିତ ବା କ୍ରାସି ସହଭାଗୀ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ କୁହାଯାଏ।

(୪) ନିୟନ୍ତ୍ରିତ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ : ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣର ଫଳାଫଳକୁ ଅଧ‌ିକ ସଠିକ୍ ବସ୍ତୁନଶ୍ଚ ଓ ନିର୍ଭରଯୋଗ୍ୟ କରିବା ପାଇଁ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ଉପରେ ନିୟନ୍ତ୍ରଣଜାରି କରାଯାଏ। ଏହି ନିୟନ୍ତ୍ରଣ ୨ଟି ସ୍ତରରେ ଜାରି କରାଯାଏ
(୧) ଘଟଣା ବା ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ହେବାକୁ ଥିବା ବିଷୟ ଉପରେ ନିୟନ୍ତ୍ରଣ ଏବଂ
(୨) ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ଉପରେ ନିୟନ୍ତ୍ରଣ ଏହି ଦୁଇ ପ୍ରକାର ନିୟନ୍ତ୍ରଣ ଜାରି ହୋଇଥିବା ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣକୁ ନିୟନ୍ତ୍ରିତ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ କୁହାଯାଏ।

(୫) ଅନିୟନ୍ତ୍ରିତ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ : ଯେତେବେଳେ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ପ୍ରାକୃତିକ ଅବସ୍ଥାରେ କୌଣସି ପ୍ରକାର ପ୍ରଭାବ ପକାନଯାଇ ଓ ନିୟନ୍ତ୍ରଣ ଜାରି କରାନଯାଇ ସଂପନ୍ନ କରାଯାଏ ତାହାକୁ ଅନିୟନ୍ତ୍ରିତ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ କୁହାଯାଏ।

Question ୭।
ପ୍ରଶାବଳୀ କ’ଣ ? ଏକ ଭଲ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନବଳୀର ଲକ୍ଷଣ ଓ ପ୍ରକାରଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଉଲ୍ଲେଖ କର।
Answer:
ସାମାଜିକ ଗବେଷଣା ଏକ ଜଟିଳ ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟା। ତଥ୍ୟ ସଂଗ୍ରହ ପାଇଁ ସଂପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ଅନୁସନ୍ଧାନର ଆବଶ୍ୟକ ହୋଇଥାଏ। ଏଥ‌ିପାଇଁ କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ ସଠିକ୍ ବା ଉପଯୁକ୍ତ ଉପକରଣ ବା କୌଶଳ ନିର୍ବାଚନ ସବଠୁ ଗୁରୁତ୍ବପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ଅଟେ କାରଣ ଗବେଷଣାର ଫଳାଫଳ ଏହା ଉପରେ ହିଁ ନିର୍ଭର କରିଥାଏ। ତେବେ ଯାହାହେଉ ତଥ୍ୟ ସଂଗ୍ରହ ପାଇଁ ସାମାଜିକ ଗବେଷଣା କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ ଅନେକ ଉପକରଣ ବା କୌଶଳ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୋଇଥାଏ। ସେଥୁମଧ୍ୟରୁ ପ୍ରଶାବଳୀ ଏକ ଗୁରୁତ୍ଵପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ଉପକରଣ, ଅଟେ।

ସାଧାରଣତଃ ପ୍ରଶାବଳୀ ହେଉଛି ଏକ ତଥ୍ୟ ସିଟ୍‌ରେ ସୁବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥିତ କ୍ରମରେ ସଞ୍ଜିତ ହୋଇ ଛାପା ହୋଇଥିବା ପ୍ରଶ୍ନଗୁଡ଼ିକର ଏକ ଚିଠା। ପ୍ରଶାବଳୀକୁ ଉତ୍ତର ଦେବାକୁ ଥ‌ିବା ଉତ୍ତରକର୍ତ୍ତା ମାନେ ପୂରଣ କରି ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ପାଖକୁ ପଠାଇ ଦିଅନ୍ତି। ଯେତେବେଳେ ଗବେଷଣା ଏକ ବୃହତ୍ କ୍ଷେତ୍ର ପାଇଁ କରାଯାଏ ବା ତଥ୍ୟ ପ୍ରଦାନ କାରୀମାନେ ଦୂରଦୂରାନ୍ତରରେ ବିକ୍ଷିପ୍ତ ହୋଇ ରହିଥାନ୍ତି ସେତେବେଳେ ଏହି ଉପକୀରଣର ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ। ଏଥିରେ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷକ ତଥ୍ୟ ପ୍ରଦାନକାରୀ ପାଖକୁ ତଥ୍ୟ ସଂଗ୍ରହ ପାଇଁ ଯାଏ ନାହିଁ ସେ କେବଳ ପ୍ରଶାବଳୀକୁ ଡାକରେ ତଥ୍ୟ ପ୍ରଦାନକାରୀ ପାଖକୁ ପଠାଇଦିଏ ଯିଏକି ପୂରଣ କରି ପୁଣି ତାଙ୍କଦ୍ଵାରା ଗବେଷଣ ପାଖକୁ ଫେରାଇ ଦେଇଥାଏ। ଗୁଡ଼େ ଏବଂ ହ୍ୟାଟଙ୍କ ମତରେ, “ ସାଧରଣ ଭାଷାରେ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନବଳୀ ଏକ ଉପକରଣକୁ ବୁଝାଏ ଯାହାକି ଏକ ଫରାମାଟ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରି ପ୍ରଶ୍ନଗୁଡ଼ିକର ଉତ୍ତର ସଂଗ୍ରହ କରିଥାଏ ଯାହାକୁ ତଥ୍ୟପ୍ରଦାନ କାରୀ ନିଜେ ହିଁ ପୂରଣ କରିଥାଏ । ”

ଏକ ଭଲ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନବଳୀର ଲକ୍ଷଣ :
ଏକ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନବଳୀ ଭଲ ବା ଉତ୍ତମ ବୋଲି ସେତିକି ବେଳେ କୁହାଯାଏ ଯେତେବେଳେ ଏହା ନିମ୍ନଲିଖୁତ ଲକ୍ଷଣମାନ ରହିଥ‌ିବ
(୧) ଏହା ଅକାରରେ କ୍ଷୁଦ୍ର ହେବା ଉଚିତ।
(୨) ପ୍ରଶାବଳୀରେ କେବଳ ବସ୍ତୁନିଷ୍ଠ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନମାନ ରହିଥିବା ଆବଶ୍ୟକ।
(୩) ପ୍ରଶାବଳୀ ସବୁ ଦୃଷ୍ଟିରୁ ଆକର୍ଷଣୀୟ ହୋଇଥବା ଉଚିତ।
(୪) .ପ୍ରଶାବଳୀରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ଭାଷା ସରଳ ହେବା ଉଚିତ।
(୫) ଏଥରେ ବିଷୟଭିଭିକତାକୁ ଦୂରେଇବା ଉଚିତ।
(୬) ପ୍ରଶ୍ନବଳୀରେ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନଗୁଡ଼ିକ ସଠିକ୍ କ୍ରମରେ ସଜ୍ଜିତ ହେବା ଉଚିତ।

ପ୍ରଶ୍ନବଳୀର ପ୍ରକାର :
ପ୍ରଶାବଳୀ ବିଭିନ୍ନ ପ୍ରକାରର ଅଟେ । ପି. ଭି. ୟୁଙ୍ଗଙ୍କ ମତରେ, ପ୍ରଶାବଳୀ ତିନି ପ୍ରକାରର ଅଟେ।
(୧) ସଂରଚିତ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନବଳୀ
(୨) ଅଣସଂରଚିତ ପ୍ରଶାବଳୀ
(୩) ଛବିଳ ପ୍ରଶାବଳୀ

ଜି. ଏ. ଲୁଣ୍ଡବର୍ଗ ପ୍ରଶାବଳୀକୁ ଦୁଇଭାଗରେ ବିଭକ୍ତ କରିଛନ୍ତି; ଯଥା –
(୧) ସତ୍ୟ ବା ବାସ୍ତବତାର ପ୍ରାଶାବଳୀ,
(୨) ମତାମତର ପ୍ରଶାବଳୀ।

Question ୮।
ପ୍ରଶ୍ନବଳୀର ସଂଜ୍ଞାଦିଅ ଏବଂ ଏହାର ଉପକାର ଓ ଅପକାରକୁ ଦର୍ଶାଅ।
Answer:
ସାମାଜିକ ଗବେଷଣା ଏକ ଜଟିଳ ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟା। ତଥ୍ୟ ସଂଗ୍ରହ ପାଇଁ ସଂପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ଅନୁସନ୍ଧାନର ଆବଶ୍ୟକ ହୋଇଥାଏ। ଏଥ‌ିପାଇଁ କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ ସଠିକ୍ ବା ଉପଯୁକ୍ତ ଉପକରଣ ବା କୌଶଳ ନିର୍ବାଚନ ସବୁଠୁ ଗୁରୁତ୍ଵପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ଅଟେ କାରଣ ଗବେଷଣାର ଫଳାଫଳ ଏହା ଉପରେ ହିଁ ନିର୍ଭର କରିଥାଏ। ତେବେ ଯାହାହେଉ ତଥ୍ୟ ସଂଗ୍ରହ ପାଇଁ ସାମାଜିକ ଗବେଷଣା କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ ଅନେକ ଉପକରଣ ବା କୌଶଳ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୋଇଥାଏ। ସେଥିମଧ୍ୟରୁ ପ୍ରଶାବଳୀ ଏକ ଗୁରୁତ୍ଵପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ଉପକରଣ ଅଟେ।

ସାଧାରଣତଃ ପ୍ରଶାବଳୀ ହେଉଛି ଏକ ତଥ୍ୟ ସିଟ୍‌ରେ ସୁବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥିତ କ୍ରମରେ ସଜ୍ଜିତ ହୋଇ ଛାପା ହୋଇଥିବା ପ୍ରଶ୍ନଗୁଡ଼ିକର ଏକ ଚିଠ। ପ୍ରଶାବଳୀକୁ ଉତ୍ତର ଦେବାକୁ ଥିବା ଉତ୍ତରକର୍ତ୍ତା ମାନେ ପୂରଣ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷକ ପାଖକୁ ପଠାଇ ଦିଅନ୍ତି। ଯେତେବେଳେ ଗବେଷଣା ଏକ ବୃହତ୍ କ୍ଷେତ୍ର ପାଇଁ କରାଯାଏ ବା ତଥ୍ୟ ପ୍ରଦାନ କାରୀମାନେ ଦୂରଦୂରାନ୍ତରରେ ବିକ୍ଷିପ୍ତ ହୋଇ ରହିଥାନ୍ତି ସେତେବେଳେ ଏହି ଉପକରଣର ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ। ଏଥୁରେ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷକ ତଥ୍ୟ ପ୍ରଦାନକାରୀ ପାଖକୁ ତଥ୍ୟ ସଂଗ୍ରହ ପାଇଁ ଯାଏ ନାହିଁ ସେ କେବଳ ପ୍ରଶାବଳୀକୁ ଡାକରେ ତଥ୍ୟ ପ୍ରଦାନକାରୀ ପାଖକୁ ପଠାଇଦିଏ ଯିଏକି ଏହାକୁ ପୂରଣ କରି ପୁଣି ତାଙ୍କଦ୍ବାରା ଗବେଷକ ପାଖକୁ ଫେରାଇ ଦେଇଥାଏ। ଗୁଡ଼େ ଏବଂ ହ୍ୟାଙ୍କ ମତରେ, “ ସାଧାରଣ ଭାଷାରେ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନବଳୀ ଏକ ଉପକରଣକୁ ବୁଝାଏ ଯାହାକି ଏକ ଫରମାଟ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରି ପ୍ରଶ୍ନଗୁଡ଼ିକର ଉତ୍ତର ସଂଗ୍ରହ କରିଥାଏ ଯାହାକୁ ତଥ୍ୟପ୍ରଦାନ କାରୀ ନିଜେ ହିଁ ପୂରଣ କରିଥାଏ।”

ପ୍ରଶ୍ନବଳୀର ଉପକାର :
ପ୍ରଶାବଳୀ ପଦ୍ଧତିର ନିମ୍ନଲିଖତ ଉପକାରମାନ; ଯଥା –
(୧) ଏହି ପଦ୍ଧତି କମ୍ ସମୟ, ପ୍ରଚେଷ୍ଟା ଓ ଖର୍ଚ୍ଚ ଆବଶ୍ୟକତାରେ।
(୨) ବୃହତ୍ ଅଞ୍ଚଳରେ ବିକ୍ଷିପ୍ତ ତଥ୍ୟ ପ୍ରଦାନକାରୀଙ୍କ ପାଇଁ ଏହି ପଦ୍ଧତି ଉତ୍ତମ ଅଟେ।
(୩) ତଥ୍ୟ ସଂଗ୍ରହର ଏହା ସବୁଠୁ ସହଜ ଓ ନମନୀୟ ପଦ୍ଧତି ଅଟେ।
(୪) ଏହି ପଦ୍ଧତି ଦ୍ଵାରା ସଂଗୃହିତ ତଥ୍ୟ ଅଧ୍ଵ।
(୫) ଅନ୍ୟ ପଦ୍ଧତି ତୁଳନା ଏହି ପଦ୍ଧତିରେ ତଥ୍ୟ।
(୬) ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିଗତ ତଥ୍ୟ ସଂଗ୍ରହ ପାଇଁ ଏହି ପଦ୍ଧତି ଉତ୍ତମ ଅଟେ।

ପ୍ରଶ୍ନବଳୀର ଅପକାର :
ପ୍ରଶାବଳୀର ନିମ୍ନଲିଖୁତ ଅପକାରମାନ ରହିଛି
(୧) ନିରକ୍ଷର ଲୋକଙ୍କ କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ ଏହି ପଦ୍ଧତି ପ୍ରୟୋଗ କରାଯାଇ ପାରିବ ନାହିଁ।
(୨) ଏହି ପଦ୍ଧତିଦ୍ଵାରା ସଂଗୃହିତ ତଥ୍ୟ କମ୍ ନିର୍ଭରଯୋଗ୍ୟ ଅଟେ।
(୩) ଏହି ପଦ୍ଧତି ଦ୍ଵାରା ଗୁରୁତ୍ଵପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ଗଭୀର ଅଧ୍ୟୟନ ସମ୍ଭବ ନୁହେଁ।
(୪) ସ୍ପର୍ଶକାତର ବିଷୟ ପାଇଁ ଏହି ପଦ୍ଧତି ବ୍ୟବହାର ଯୋଗ୍ୟ ନୁହେଁ।
(୫) ଏହି ପଦ୍ଧତିରେ ଉତ୍ତର ପ୍ରଦାନ କମ୍ ଅଟେ।
(୬) ଏହି ପଦ୍ଧତିରେ ଗବେଷକ ଓ ତଥ୍ୟ ପ୍ରଦାନ କାରୀ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ସଂପର୍କ ସମ୍ଭବ ନୁହେଁ।

Question ୯।
ସୂଚୀ କହିଲେ କ’ଣ ବୁଝ ? ଏହାର ଲକ୍ଷଣ ଓ ପ୍ରକାରଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଦର୍ଶାଅ।
Answer:
ମନୁଷ୍ୟ ଏକ ସାମାଜିକ ପ୍ରାଣୀ ଭାବେ ସମାଜରେ ବାସ କରେ। ସମାଜରେ ତା’ର ବାସ କରିବା ସମୟରେ ସେ ନାନା ସମସ୍ୟାର ସମ୍ମୁଖୀନ ହୋଇଥାଏ। ଏହି ସମସ୍ୟାଗୁଡ଼ିକର ଅଧ୍ୟୟନ ଓ ସମାଧନ ପାଇଁ ସେ ମଧ୍ୟ ବିଭିନ୍ନ ଉପକରଣ କୌଶଳ ଦା ପଦ୍ଧତିରେ ବିକାଶ କରିଅଛି। ସେହିଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଦ୍ଵାରା ସାମାଜିକ ସମସ୍ୟାର ସମାଧାନ ସହିତ ହୋଇଥାଏ। ସେହି ପଦ୍ଧତିଗୁଡିକ ମଧ୍ୟରୁ ସୂଚୀ ଅନ୍ୟତମ ଅଟେ।

ସାଧାରଣ ଅର୍ଥରେ କହିଲେ ସୂଚୀ ହେଉଛି ପ୍ରଶ୍ନମାନଙ୍କର ଏକ ଚିଠା ଯାହାକି ଅନୁସନ୍ଧାନକାରୀ ସାକ୍ଷାତ୍‌କାର ସମୟରେ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରି ତଥ୍ୟ ପ୍ରଦାନ କାରୀକୁ ବିଭିନ୍ନ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ ପ୍ରଚାର ନିଜେ ଏହାକୁ ପୂରଣ କରିଥାଏ। ଏହା ତଥ୍ୟ ଉଲ୍ଲେଖ କରିବାର ଏକ ଦସ୍ତାବିତ୍। ଏହାକୁ ଗବେଷଣ ତଥ୍ୟ ପ୍ରଦାନ କାରୀ ଠାରୁ ତଥ୍ୟ ପାଇଁ ପୂରଣ କରିଥାଏ। ଏହାକୁ ସାକ୍ଷାତ୍‌କାର ସମୟରେ ଏକ ସ୍ମୃତି ସୂଚକ ଭାବେ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ କରିଥାଏ। ଏଥୁରେ ସମାନ ପ୍ରକାରର ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ ଲିପିବଦ୍ଧ ହୋଇ ରହିଥାଏ ଯାହାକି ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ବା ସାକ୍ଷତ୍‌କାର ସମୟରେ ଗବେଷକ ଦ୍ଵାରା ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୋଇଥାଏ। ଗୁଡେ ଏବଂ ହ୍ୟାଙ୍କ ମତରେ “ସୂଚୀ ହେଉଛି ଏକ ନାମ ଯାହାକି ସାଧାରଣତଃ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନମାନଙ୍କର ଏକ ସେଟ୍ ବା ଗୁଛ ପାଇଁ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୋଇଥାଏ ଯାହାକି ଜଣେ ସାକ୍ଷାତକାର ହେଉଥିବା ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ଦ୍ଵାରା ଅନ୍ୟ ଜଣେ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ସହିତ ମୁହାଁ ମୁହଁ ପରିସ୍ଥିତିରେ ପଚାରଯାଏ ଏବଂ ପୂରଣ କରାଯାଏ। ”

ସୂଚୀର ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟ :
ସୂଚୀର ନିମ୍ନଲିଖତ ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟ ମାନ ରହିଛି
(୧) ତଥ୍ୟକୁ ବସ୍ତୁନିଷ୍ଠ ଭାବେ ସଂଗ୍ରହ କରିବା।
(୨) ସୂଚୀ ତଥ୍ୟ ବର୍ଗୀକରଣ, ଟାବୁଲେସନ ଓ ବ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟାରେ ସହାୟକ ହୁଏ।
(୩) ସାକ୍ଷାତକାର ଓ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ପାଇଁ ଏହା ଏକ ଉପକରଣ ପରିକାର୍ଯ୍ୟକରେ।
(୪) ତଥ୍ୟ ଲିପିବଦ୍ଧ ଉପକରଣ ପରି କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ କରିବ।
(୫) ସଠିକ୍ ସଂଯୋଗ ଓ ସଠିକ୍ ଉତ୍ତର ପ୍ରଦାନରେ ସହାୟକ ହେବ।
(୬) ସାକ୍ଷାତକାର ଓ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ସମୟରେ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷକର ସ୍ମୃତିକୁ ମନେ ପକାଇବାରେ ସାହାଯ୍ୟ କରେ।

ସୂଚୀର ପ୍ରକାର : ସୂଚୀ ସାଧାରଣତଃ ପାଞ୍ଚ ପ୍ରକାର; ଯଥା-
(୧) ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ସୂଚୀ : ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ପାଇଁ ବୃବହୃତ ସୂଚୀକୁ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ସୂଚୀ କୁହାଯାଏ।
(୨) ରୋଟିଙ୍ଗ ସୂଚୀ : ଲୋକମାନଙ୍କର ମତ ଧାରଣ ପ୍ରବଳ, ଚିନ୍ତା ଆଦିକୁ ତର୍ଜମା ବା ମୂଲ୍ୟାୟନ କରିବା ପାଇଁ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ସୂଚୀକୁ ରୋଟିଙ୍ଗ ସୂଚୀ କୁହାଯାଏ।
(୩) ଡକୁମେଣ୍ଟ ସୂଚୀ : ବିଭିନ୍ନ ଲିଵତ ଦସ୍ତବିକ୍‌ରୁ ତଥ୍ୟ ସଂଗ୍ରହ କରି ରଖିବାକୁ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ସୂଚୀକୁ ଦସ୍ତାବିତ୍ ସୂଚୀ କୁହାଯାଏ।
(୪) ଆନୁଷ୍ଠାନିକ କ୍ଷେତ୍ରମାପ ସୂଚୀ : କେତେକ ସ୍ଵତନ୍ତ୍ର ଅନୁଷ୍ଠାନ ଗୁଡ଼ିକ ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧରେ ତଥ୍ୟ ସଂଗ୍ରହ ପାଇଁ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ସୂଚୀକୁ ଆନୁଷ୍ଠାନିକ କ୍ଷେତ୍ରମାପ ସୂଚୀ କୁହାଯାଏ।
(୫) ସାକ୍ଷାତ୍‌କାରୀ ସୂଚୀ : ସାକ୍ଷାତ୍‌କାର ପାଇଁ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ସୂଚୀ କୁ ସାକ୍ଷାତକାର ସୂଚୀ କୁହାଯାଏ।

QUestion ୧୦।
ସୂଚୀର ସଂଜ୍ଞାଦିଅ ଏବଂ ଏହାର ଉପକାର ଓ ଅପକାରଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଦର୍ଶାଅ।
Answer:
ମନୁଷ୍ୟ ଏକ ସାମାଜିକ ପ୍ରାଣୀ ଭାବେ ସମାଜରେ ବାସ କରେ। ସମାଜରେ ତା’ର ବାସ କରିବା ସମୟରେ ସେ ନାନା ସମସ୍ୟାର ସମ୍ମୁଖୀନ ହୋଇଥାଏ। ଏହି ସମସ୍ୟାଗୁଡ଼ିକର ଅଧ୍ୟୟନ ଓ ସମାଧାନ ପାଇଁ ସେ ମଧ୍ଯ ବିଭିନ୍ନ ଉପକାରଣ କୌଶଳ ବା ପଦ୍ଧତିର ବିକାଶ କରିଅଛି। ସେହିଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଦ୍ଵାରା ସାମାଜିକ ସମସ୍ୟାର ସମାଧାନ ସହିତ ହୋଇଥାଏ। ସେହି ପଦ୍ଧତିଗୁଡ଼ିକ ମଧ୍ୟରୁ ସୂଚୀ ଅନ୍ୟତମ ଅଟେ।

ସାଧାରଣ ଅର୍ଥରେ କହିଲେ ସୂଚୀ ହେଉଛି ପ୍ରଶ୍ନମାନଙ୍କର ଏକ ଚିଠା ଯାହାକି ଅନୁସନ୍ଧାନକାରୀ ସାକ୍ଷାତ୍‌କାର ସମୟରେ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରି ତଥ୍ୟ ପ୍ରଦାନକାରୀକୁ ବିଭିନ୍ନ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ ପ୍ରଚାରି ନିଜେ ଏହାକୁ ପୂରଣ କରିଥାଏ। ଏହା ତଥ୍ୟ ଉଲ୍ଲେଖ କରିବାର ଏକ ଦସ୍ତାବିତ୍। ଏହାକୁ ଗବେଷକ ତଥ୍ୟ ପ୍ରଦାନକାରୀଠାରୁ ତଥ୍ୟ ପାଇ ପୂରଣ କରିଥାଏ। ଏହାକୁ ସାକ୍ଷାତ୍‌କାର ସମୟରେ ଏକ ସ୍ମୃତି ସୂଚକ ଭାବେ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ କରିଥାଏ ଏଥରେ ସମାନ ପ୍ରକାରର ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ ଲିପିବଦ୍ଧ ହୋଇ ରହିଥାଏ ଯାହକି ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ବା ସାକ୍ଷତ୍ରିକାର ସମୟରେ ଗବେଷକ ଦ୍ଵାରା ବ୍ୟବହାର ହୋଇଥାଏ। ଗୁଡେ ଏବଂ ହ୍ୟାଙ୍କ ମତରେ “ ସୂଚୀ ହେଉଛି ଏକ ନାମ ଯାହାକି ସାଧାରଣତଃ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନମାନଙ୍କର ଏକ ସେଟ୍ ବା ଗୁଛ ପାଇଁ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୋଇଥାଏ ଯାହାକି ଜଣେ ସାକ୍ଷତକାର ହେଉଥିବା ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ଦ୍ଵାରା ଅନ୍ୟ ଜଣେ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ସହିତ ମୁହାଁ ମୁହିଁ ପରିସ୍ଥିତିରେ ପଚାରାଯାଏ ଏବଂ ପୂରଣ କରାଯାଏ । ”

ସୂଚୀର ଉପକାରିତା :
ଏକ କୌଶଳ ବା ପଦ୍ଧତି ଭାବେ ସୂଚୀ ସାମାଜିକ ଗବେଷଣ କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ ବେଶ୍ ଜନପ୍ରିୟ। ଏହାର ନିମ୍ନଲିଖୂତ ଉପକାର ରହିଛି ଯାହାକି ଏହାର ବ୍ୟପକ ବ୍ୟବହାର ଓ ଜନପ୍ରିୟତା ପାଇଁ ଦାୟୀ
(୧) ଅନ୍ୟ ପଦ୍ଧତିରେ ଅନ୍ୟ ପଦ୍ଧତିଠାରୁ ଉତ୍ତରର ହାର ଅଧିକ ଅଟେ।
(୨) ଏହି ପଦ୍ଧତିରେ ଉତ୍ତରଦାତା ମନରୁ ସମସ୍ତ ସନ୍ଦେହ ଦୂର କରିବାରେ ସହାୟକ ହୋଇଥାଏ।
(୩) ଏହି ପଦ୍ଧତିରେ ଗବେଷକ ଓ ତଥ୍ୟ ପ୍ରଦାନକାରୀ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିଗତ ସଂପର୍କ ସ୍ଥାପନ ପାଇଁ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟାପ୍ତ ସୁଯୋଗ ପ୍ରଦାନ କରିଥାଏ।
(୪) ସୂଚୀ ପୂରଣ ହେବା ପାଇଁ କମ୍ ସମୟ ଅବଶ୍ୟକ କରିଥାଏ।
(୫) ଏହି ପଦ୍ଧତି ସବୁ ପ୍ରକାର ଲୋକ ଓ ସମସ୍ୟା ପାଇଁ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୋଇପାରେ।
(୬) ଏହି ପଦ୍ଧତିରେ ଭୁଲର ମାତ୍ରା କମ୍ ଅଟେ।

ସୂଚୀର ଅପକାରିତା :
ଅନେକ ଉପକାର ସହିତ ଏହି ପଦ୍ଧତିରେ ଅନେକ ଅପକାର ମଧ୍ୟ ରହିଛି।
(୧) ସୂଚୀ ପଦ୍ଧତିରେ ଅଧିକ ଖର୍ଚ୍ଚ କରିବାକୁ ପଡ଼ିଥାଏ।
(୨) ସୂଚୀ ପଦ୍ଧତି ଅଧ‌ିକ ସମୟ ଆବଶ୍ୟକ କରିଥାଏ କାରଣ ଗବେଷକ ତଥ୍ୟ କାରୀର ସାକ୍ଷାତ୍‌କାର ନେବା ପାଇଁ ବହୁସମୟ ଲାଗିଥାଏ।
(୩) ସୁଦୀର୍ଘ ଅଞ୍ଚଳର ଅଧ୍ୟୟନ ଏହି ପଦ୍ଧତି ଦ୍ଵାରା ସମ୍ଭବ ନୁହେଁ।
(୪) ସୂଚୀ ପଦ୍ଧତିରେ ଗବେଷକର ଉପସ୍ଥିତି ତଥ୍ୟ ପ୍ରଦାନ କାରୀଙ୍କ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ପକ୍ଷପାତିତା ବା ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିଗତ ରୁଚିର ପ୍ରଭାବ ପରିଲକ୍ଷିତ ହୋଇଥାଏ।
(୫) ସୂଚୀ ପଦ୍ଧତି ଅନେକ ପ୍ରଶାସନିକ ସମସ୍ୟା ସୃଷ୍ଟି କରିଥାଏ।

Question ୧୧।
ସହଭାଗୀ ବା ଅଂଶଗ୍ରହଣକାରୀ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣର ଉପକାରିତା ଓ ଅପକାରିତା ଦର୍ଶାଅ।
Answer:
ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣର ବିଭିନ୍ନ ପ୍ରକାର ମଧ୍ୟରୁ ସହଭାଗୀ ବା ଅଂଶଗ୍ରହଣକାରୀ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ଏକ ପ୍ରକାର ଅଟେ। ଯେତେବେଳେ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷକ କରିବାକୁ ଚାହୁଥ‌ିବା ସମୂହ ସହିତ ଅଂଶଗ୍ରହଣ କରି ତା’ର କାର୍ଯ୍ୟକଳାପ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ କରେ ତାହାକୁ ସହଭାଗୀ ବା ଅଂଶଗ୍ରହଣକାରୀ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ କୁହାଯାଏ। ଏହି ପ୍ରକାର ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣରେ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷକ ନିଜକୁ ସମୂହର ବିଭିନ୍ନ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟକଳାପ ସହିତ ନିଜକୁ ସାମିଲ କରିଦିଏ। ପି.ଭି. ୟଙ୍ଗଙ୍କ ମତରେ ଅଂଶଗ୍ରହରେ ହାର ଅଧ୍ୟୟନ ପ୍ରକାର ବା ପରିସ୍ଥିତିର ଚାହିଦା ଅନୁସାରେ ଭିନ୍ନଭିନ୍ନ ହୋଇଥାଏ। ସମୂହର ଜଣେ ସଦସ୍ୟ ଭାବେ ନିଜକୁ ମୁକ୍ତଭାବ ସମୂହରେ ମିଶାଇ ଥାଏ।

ଉପକାରିତା :
ସହଭାଗୀ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣର ନିମ୍ନଲିଖତ ଉପକାରିତା ମାନ ରହିଛି।
(୧) ସହଭାଗିତା ଦ୍ଵାରା ଉତ୍ତମ ବୁଝାମଣା ସମ୍ଭବ ହୋଇଥାଏ।
(୨) ପ୍ରାକୃତିକ ଅବସ୍ଥାରେ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ସମ୍ଭବ ହୋଇଥାଏ।
(୩) ସଂପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ଓ ସଠିକ୍ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ସମ୍ଭବ ହୋଇଥାଏ।
(୪) ସହଭାଗୀ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷକକୁ ସମୂହରେ ଅଧ‌ିକ ସ୍ଵାଗତ କରାଯାଏ।
(୫) ଦୂରରୁ ଯେଉଁ ବିଷୟଗୁଡ଼ିକ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ସମ୍ଭବ ହୋଇନଥାଏ ତାହା ଏହାଦ୍ଵାରା ସମ୍ଭବ ହୋଇଥାଏ।

ଅପକାରିତା :
ସହଭାଗୀ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ପଦ୍ଧତିର ନିମ୍ନଲିଖୂତ ଅପକାରିତା ମାନ ରହିଥାଏ।
(୧) ସମସ୍ତ ପ୍ରକାର ଅଧ୍ୟୟନ କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ ସହଭାଗୀ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ସମ୍ଭବ ନୁହେଁ।
(୨) ଭାଗବତ ବା ନିବିଡ଼ ସହଭାଗିତା ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣର ବସ୍ତୁନିଷ୍ଠତାକୁ ନଷ୍ଟ କରିଥାଏ।
(୩) ଏହି ପଦ୍ଧତି ଦ୍ଵାରା ବ୍ୟାପକ ଅଞ୍ଚଳ ଅଧ୍ୟୟନ ସମ୍ଭବ ହୋଇନଥାଏ।
(୪) ଏହା ଦ୍ଵାରା ଅନେକ ସମୟରେ ଅଯଥା କଳି ସୃଷ୍ଟି ହେବାର ସମ୍ଭାବନା ଥାଏ।
(୫) ଅଧ‌ିକ ନିବିଡ଼ତା ଯୋଗୁଁ ଅନେକ ଗୁରୁତ୍ଵପୂର୍ଣ ଜିନିଷକୁ ଅଧ୍ୟୟନ କରାହୋଇଥାଏ।

Question ୧୨।
ଅଣସହଭାଗୀ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣର ଉପକାରିତା ଓ ଅପକାରିତା ଦର୍ଶାଅ।
Answer:
ଯେତେବେଳେ ଜଣେ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ଏକ ସମୂହ ବା ତା’ର କାର୍ଯ୍ୟକଳାପକ ଦୂରରେ ରହି ବା ଅଂଶଗ୍ରହଣ ନ କରି ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ କରେ ତାହାକୁ ଅଣ ସହଭାଗୀ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ କୁହାଯାଏ। ସେ ସଂପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ନିରପେକ୍ଷତା ଅବଲମ୍ବନ କରିଥାଏ।

ଉପକାରିତା :
ଏହି ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ପଦ୍ଧତିର ନିମ୍ନଲିଖିତ ଉପକାରିତା ରହିଛି।
(୧) ଏ ପ୍ରକାର ଅଧ୍ୟୟନରେ ନିରପେକ୍ଷତା ଓ ବସ୍ତୁନିଷ୍ଠତା ସମ୍ଭବ ହୋଇଥାଏ।
(୨) ଏହି ପଦ୍ଧତି ଦ୍ଵାରା ଛୋଟ ଛୋଟ ଘଟଣାର ଯତ୍ନଶୀଳ ବ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟା ସମ୍ଭବ ହୋଇଥାଏ।
(୩) ନିରପେକ୍ଷତା ଯୋଗୁଁ ଗବେଷଣା କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ସହଜ ହୋଇଥାଏ।
(୪) ଅଣସହଭାଗିତା ଯୋଗୁଁ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷକ ଏହା ଦ୍ଵାରା ଅନେକ ଲୁକ୍‌କାୟିତ ତଥ୍ୟ ସଂଗ୍ରହ କରିପାରେ ଯାହା ସହଭାଗୀ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ଦ୍ଵାରା ସମ୍ଭବ ହୋଇ ନ ଥାଏ।

ଅପକାରିତା :
ଏହାର ନିମ୍ନଲିଖିତ ଅପକାରିତାମାନ ମଧ୍ୟ ରହିଛି।
(୧) ପ୍ରାକୃତିକ ଅବସ୍ଥାରେ ଅଧ୍ୟୟନ ସମ୍ଭବ ହୋଇ ନ ଥାଏ।
(୨) ଜଣେ ବାହ୍ୟ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷକକୁ ଲୋକମାନେ ସନ୍ଦେହ କରି ସଠିକ୍ ତଥ୍ୟ ଦେଇ ନ ଥାନ୍ତି।
(୩) ଏହି ପଦ୍ଧତି ଦ୍ଵାରା ସଂଗୃହିତ ତଥ୍ୟ ସଠିକ୍ ଓ ସତ୍ୟ ହୋଇ ନ ଥାଏ।
(୪) ଦୂରତା ଯୋଗୁଁ ଘଟଣାଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ସଠିକ୍ ଦୃଷ୍ଟିକୋଣରୁ ଅଧ୍ୟୟନ କରା ନ ଯାଇପାରେ।
(୫) ଅନେକ ଘଟଣା ଅଛି ଯାହାକୁ ଏହି ପଦ୍ଧତିଦ୍ଵାରା ଅଧ୍ୟୟନ କରାଯାଇ ପାରିବ ନାହିଁ।